宝石经行品的注释巴利
1. Ratanacaṅkamanakaṇḍavaṇṇanā
梵天和世界之主婆诃婆提,双手合掌,向无与伦比的世尊恳求道:
世尊,这里有尘垢微薄的众生,请您慈悲为他们说法。巴利
‘‘Brahmā ca lokādhipatī sahampatī, katañjalī anadhivaraṃ ayācatha; Santīdha sattāpparajakkhajātikā, desehi dhammaṃ anukampimaṃ paja’’nti. –
这是对因缘转起的内在因缘的义释。巴利
Ādinayappavattassa abbhantaranidānassa atthavaṇṇanā hoti.
在这里,为什么不像“一时,世尊住在王舍城竹林迦兰陀园”等经那样——也就是像“一时,世尊住在释迦国迦毗罗卫的尼拘律园。那时,具寿舍利弗前往世尊处;到了之后,向世尊请问佛种姓”这样——以这种方式来说因缘,反而以“梵天,世界之主娑婆主,合掌向无上者劝请”这样的方式来说因缘呢?回答说:这是为了显示梵天劝请说法,乃是世尊宣说一切法的根本原因,所以才这样说。巴利
Ettha ‘‘ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe’’tiādisuttantesu viya – ‘‘ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ buddhavaṃsaṃ apucchī’’ti evamādinā nayena nidānaṃ avatvā kasmā ‘‘brahmā ca lokādhipatī sahampatī, katañjalī anadhivaraṃ ayācathā’’tiādinā nayena nidānaṃ vuttanti? Vuccate – bhagavato sabbadhammadesanākāraṇabhūtāya brahmuno dhammadesanāyācanāya sandassanatthaṃ vuttanti.
这位胜者是在什么时候,为了宣说佛法,被梵天劝请的呢?
这首偈颂又是在什么时候、什么地方、由谁说出?巴利
‘‘Kadāyaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ, ajjhiṭṭho brahmunā jino; Kadā kattha ca kenāyaṃ, gāthā hi samudīritā’’ti.
话说回来,世尊成佛之后,在第八个七日,导师被梵天劝请、恳求为众生说法。这件事的来龙去脉是这样的——据说,这位大士发了成佛的誓愿。在大出离那天,他看到卧睡处那些姿态毕露、不堪入目的歌舞伎女,心里极度厌离,就叫来守在隐蔽处的阐那,说:“去把那匹名叫犍陟、能碾碎敌方勇士的骏马牵来。”让人牵来犍陟后,他以阐那为伴,骑上骏马来到城门;守护城门的天神把城门打开了,他便从城里出去,在那一夜剩下的时间里越过了三个王国。这位无与伦比的有情来到一条叫阿耨摩的河边站定,对阐那说:“阐那,你带上我这些别人不能共有的饰物和犍陟骏马,回迦毗罗卫城去吧。”打发走阐那后,他用一柄像青色龙形睡莲一样的宝剑割断自己束发的顶髻,抛向空中,接过天人所献的衣钵,独自出家。此后他次第游行,渡过被风力掀起波涛、无所依傍的恒河,进入一座名叫王舍城、被摩尼宝珠光网照耀的城市。他仿佛在讥笑那些因权势而陶醉骄慢的人,仿佛让举止轻浮的人心生惭愧,仿佛以盛年的风姿把城中居民的心系在自己身上,仿佛以三十二大丈夫相所辉映的容色之美掠夺所有人的目光;他行走时步步都是福德的积聚,又像一座移动的山峰;走路时无所黏着,诸根寂静、心意寂静,目光只看一寻之地,在王舍城中次第乞食,取得仅够维生的饭食后出城,来到般荼婆山旁一处阴凉水足、地面洁净、极其怡人、幽静的地方坐下,以省察之力受用那杂合的饭食。摩揭陀大王频婆娑罗沿般荼婆山来到大士跟前,询问他的名姓种族;国王满心欢喜,说“请你接受我的一份王国”,想以王位相赠。大士答道:“够了,大王,我不需要王国。我是舍弃了王位、为利益世间而精勤修行、要在世间成为揭开覆障的觉者,才出家的。”国王便说:“你成佛之后,请最先来度化我的国土。”大士答“善哉”,向他许下承诺,随后前往阿罗逻与郁陀迦处,在他们的教法中没有寻得心要,便离开他们,在优楼频螺修了六年苦行;虽然极力修苦行,仍无法证得不死,最终依靠受用粗食滋养了身体。巴利
Vuccate – buddhabhūtassa pana bhagavato aṭṭhame sattāhe satthā dhammadesanatthāya brahmunā ajjhiṭṭho āyācito. Tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā – mahāpuriso kira katābhinīhāro mahābhinikkhamanadivase vivaṭapākaṭabībhacchasayanāsanaceṭikā nāṭakitthiyo disvā atīva saṃviggahadayo paṭekadesāvacchannaṃ channaṃ āmantetvā – ‘‘arinaravaramanthakaṃ kaṇḍakaṃ nāma turaṅgavaramāharā’’ti kaṇḍakaṃ āharāpetvā channasahāyo varaturaṅgamāruyha nagaradvāre adhivatthāya devatāya nagaradvāre vivaṭe nagarato nikkhamitvā tīṇi rajjāni tena rattāvasesena atikkamitvā anomasatto anomāya nāma nadiyā tīre ṭhatvā channamevamāha – ‘‘channa, tvaṃ mama imāni aññehi asādhāraṇāni ābharaṇāni kaṇḍakañca varaturaṅgamādāya kapilapuraṃ gacchāhī’’ti channaṃ vissajjetvā asitoraganīluppalasadisenāsinā sakesamakuṭaṃ chinditvā ākāse ukkhipitvā devadattiyaṃ pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā sayameva pabbajitvā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno anilabalasamuddhutataraṅgabhaṅgaṃ asaṅgaṃ gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ uttaritvā maṇigaṇaraṃsijālavijjotitarājagahaṃ rājagahaṃ nāma nagaraṃ pavisitvā tattha issariyamadamattaṃ janaṃ parihāsento viya ca uddhatavesassa janassa lajjamuppādayamāno viya ca vayakantīhi nāgarajanahadayāni attani bandhanto viya ca dvatiṃsavaramahāpurisalakkhaṇavirājitāya rūpasiriyā sabbajananayanāni vilumpamāno viya ca rūpīpādasañcaro puññasañcayo viya ca pabbato viya ca gamanena nissaṅgo santindriyo santamānaso yugamattaṃ pekkhamāno rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā yāpanamattaṃ bhattaṃ gahetvā nagarato nikkhamitvā paṇḍavapabbatapasse chāyūdakasampanne sucibhūmibhāge paramaramaṇīye pavivitte okāse nisīditvā paṭisaṅkhānabalena missakabhattaṃ paribhuñjitvā paṇḍavagirānusārena bimbisārena magadhamahārājena mahāpurisassa santikaṃ gantvā nāmagottaṃ pucchitvā tena pamuditahadayena ‘‘mama rajjabhāgaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti rajjena nimantiyamāno – ‘‘alaṃ, mahārāja, na mayhaṃ rajjenattho ahaṃ rajjaṃ pahāya lokahitatthāya padhānamanuyuñjitvā loke vivaṭacchado buddho bhavissāmīti nikkhanto’’ti vatvā tena ca ‘‘buddho hutvā sabbapaṭhamaṃ mama vijitaṃ osareyyāthā’’ti vutto ‘sādhū’ti tassa paṭiññaṃ datvā āḷārañca udakañca upasaṅkamitvā tesaṃ dhammadesanāya sāraṃ avindanto tato pakkamitvā uruvelāyaṃ chabbassāni dukkarakārikaṃ karontopi amataṃ adhigantuṃ asakkonto oḷārikāhārapaṭisevanena sarīraṃ santappesi.
那时,在优楼频螺的将军村里,将军村家主有个到了出嫁年龄的女儿,名叫善生。她曾在一棵榕树前发愿:如果我嫁到同一种姓的人家,第一胎就生下儿子,我就来作供养。她的这个愿望实现了。在毗舍佉月圆日那天,她想“今天我要作供养”,一大早就毫不费力地煮好了极为甘美的乳粥。菩萨也在同一天清洁了身体,等着乞食的时间到来,一早便走到那棵榕树下坐了下来。这时,她的乳母、一个名叫富那的女仆,为了打扫树下而走过去,看见菩萨面朝东方坐着,身体的光辉如同被晚霞染红的金山之巅,能驱散黑暗、让莲丛绽放,就像太阳穿过厚厚的云层来到大树前一样,这位牟尼也如太阳般来到大树前。她看见菩萨身上散发的光芒把整棵榕树都映成了金色,心里想:今天我们的天神从树上下来,想亲手接受供养,所以坐在这里。她赶紧跑去,把这件事告诉了善生。巴利
Tadā pana uruvelāyaṃ senānigame senānigamakuṭumbikassa dhītā sujātā nāma dārikā vayappattā ekasmiṃ nigrodharukkhe patthanamakāsi – ‘‘sacāhaṃ samajātikaṃ kulagharaṃ gantvā paṭhamagabbhe puttaṃ labhissāmi, balikammaṃ karissāmī’’ti. Tassā sā patthanā samijjhi. Sā vesākhapuṇṇamadivase ‘‘ajja balikammaṃ karissāmī’’ti pātova pāyāsaṃ anāyāsaṃ paramamadhuraṃ sampaṭipādesi. Bodhisattopi tadaheva katasarīrapaṭijaggano bhikkhācārakālaṃ āgamayamāno pātova gantvā tasmiṃ nigrodharukkhamūle nisīdi. Atha kho puṇṇā nāma dāsī tassā dhātī rukkhamūlasodhanatthāya gatā bodhisattaṃ pācīnalokadhātuṃ olokayamānaṃ nisinnaṃ sañjhāppabhānurañjitavarakanakagirisikharasadisasarīrasobhaṃ timiranikaranidhānakaraṃ kamalavanavikasanakaraṃ ghanavivaramupagataṃ divasakaramiva taruvaramupagataṃ munidivasakaramaddasa. Sarīrato cassa nikkhantāhi pabhāhi sakalañca taṃ rukkhaṃ suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ disvā tassā etadahosi – ‘‘ajja amhākaṃ devatā rukkhato oruyha sahattheneva baliṃ paṭiggahetukāmā hutvā nisinnā’’ti. Sā vegena gantvā sujātāya etamatthaṃ ārocesi.
善生女听了之后,生起信心,用各种装饰把自己打扮好,把极其甘美的蜂蜜乳粥盛满一个价值十万金的纯金钵,再用另一个金钵盖上,顶在头上,朝榕树的方向走去。她一路走着,远远就看见那位菩萨坐在那里,身体的光明让整棵榕树都变成了金色,就像树神一样,又像是有形的福德之聚。善生女顿时生起喜悦和欢喜,心里认定“这是树神”。她从看见菩萨的地方开始,就弯着身子恭敬地往前走,从头顶取下金钵,放在大士手中,五体投地顶礼,说道:“就像我心中的愿望已经实现一样,愿您的愿望也同样实现!”说完就离开了。巴利
Tato sujātā sañjātasaddhā hutvā sabbālaṅkārena alaṅkaritvā satasahassagghanikaṃ suvaṇṇapātiṃ paramamadhurassa madhupāyāsassa pūretvā aparāya suvaṇṇapātiyā pidahitvā sīsenādāya nigrodharukkhābhimukhī agamāsi. Sā gacchantī dūratova taṃ bodhisattaṃ rukkhadevatamiva sakalaṃ taṃ rukkhaṃ sarīrappabhāya suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ katvā puññasañcayamiva rūpavantaṃ nisinnaṃ disvā pītisomanassajātā sujātā ‘‘rukkhadevatā’’ti saññāya diṭṭhaṭṭhānato paṭṭhāya onatonatā gantvā sīsato taṃ suvaṇṇapātiṃ otāretvā mahāsattassa hatthe ṭhapetvā pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā – ‘‘yathā mama manoratho nipphanno, evaṃ tumhākampi nipphajjatū’’ti vatvā pakkāmi.
这时,菩萨也拿起金钵,走到尼连禅河边,在名叫善安立的渡口把金钵放下。洗完澡上岸后,他把那乳粥捏成四十九团吃下,然后心想:“如果我今天能成佛,就让这个金钵逆流而上。”说完就把钵扔了出去。那个钵果然逆着水流而上,进入迦罗龙王的宫殿,把过去三尊佛的食钵都顶了起来,停在它们下面。巴利
Atha kho bodhisattopi suvaṇṇapātiṃ gahetvā nerañjarāya nadiyā tīraṃ gantvā suppatiṭṭhitassa nāma titthassa tīre suvaṇṇapātiṃ ṭhapetvā nhatvā paccuttaritvā ekūnapaññāsapiṇḍe karonto taṃ pāyāsaṃ paribhuñjitvā – ‘‘sacāhaṃ ajja buddho bhavissāmi, ayaṃ suvaṇṇapāti paṭisotaṃ gacchatū’’ti khipi. Sā pāti paṭisotaṃ gantvā kāḷassa nāma nāgarājassa bhavanaṃ pavisitvā tiṇṇaṃ buddhānaṃ thālakāni ukkhipitvā tesaṃ heṭṭhā aṭṭhāsi.
大士就在那片树林里度过白天的禅修时光。到了傍晚,一个名叫索提亚的割草人认出了这位大人的相貌特征,便供养了八把草。大士接过这些草,登上菩提道场,站在南边。可是那个地方却像莲叶上的水珠一样颤动起来。大士心想:“这个地方承受不了我的功德。”于是走向西边,那里也同样颤动。又走向北边,那里也同样颤动。再走向东边,那里有一块刚好够结跏趺坐的地方,稳稳当当,一动不动。大士断定:“这里就是摧毁烦恼的地方。”他捏住草尖一抖,那些草就像被棉絮尖切断一样整整齐齐。菩萨下定决心:“不证得菩提,我绝不从这座上起来!”他提起四正勤的精进,盘腿结跏趺坐,背对菩提树,面朝东方坐下。巴利
Mahāsatto tattheva vanasaṇḍe divāvihāraṃ vītināmetvā sāyanhasamaye sotthiyena nāma tiṇahārakena mahāpurisassa ākāraṃ ñatvā dinnā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā bodhimaṇḍamāruyha dakkhiṇadisābhāge aṭṭhāsi. So pana padeso paduminipatte udakabindu viya akampittha. Mahāpuriso – ‘‘ayaṃ padeso mama guṇaṃ dhāretuṃ asamattho’’ti pacchimadisābhāgamagamāsi. Sopi tatheva kampittha. Puna uttaradisābhāgamagamāsi. Sopi tatheva kampittha. Puna puratthimadisābhāgamagamāsi. Tattha pallaṅkappamāṇaṭṭhānaṃ niccalaṃ ahosi. Mahāpuriso – ‘‘idaṃ ṭhānaṃ kilesaviddhaṃsanaṭṭhāna’’nti sanniṭṭhānaṃ katvā tāni tiṇāni agge gahetvā cālesi. Tāni tūlikaggena paricchinnāni viya ahesuṃ. Bodhisatto – ‘‘bodhiṃ apatvāva imaṃ pallaṅkaṃ na bhindissāmī’’ti caturaṅgavīriyaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā bodhikkhandhaṃ piṭṭhito katvā puratthābhimukho nisīdi.
就在那一刻,魔王——那个被称为“世界压迫者”的魔罗——化现出千条手臂,骑上一头名叫“持山象”的巨象。这头象高达一百五十由旬,像雪山山顶一样雄伟,是最胜敌象、殊胜战象。魔罗被极其稠密的魔军四面围绕,那些魔兵手持九由旬长的弓、刀、斧、箭、标枪等武器,像大山一样压过来,像一个大仇敌逼近大士。
大士在太阳还没落山的时候,就已经把极喧腾的魔军彻底击溃。菩提树的新芽像红珊瑚嫩枝一样美丽夺目,纷纷飘落在他那如绽放的胜利喜花般的袈裟上,仿佛在欢喜地供养他。初夜时分,他证得宿住随念智;中夜时分,他清净了天眼智;后夜时分,他以智慧观照缘起,思惟轮回与还灭,在黎明到来时,成为佛陀。巴利
Taṅkhaṇaññeva sabbalokābhihāro māro bāhusahassaṃ māpetvā diyaḍḍhayojanasatikaṃ himagirisikharasadisaṃ girimekhalaṃ nāma arivaravāraṇaṃ varavāraṇaṃ abhiruyha navayojanikena dhanuasipharasusarasattisabalenātibahalena mārabalena samparivuto samantā pabbato viya ajjhottharanto mahāsapattaṃ viya mahāsattaṃ samupāgami. Mahāpuriso sūriye dharanteyeva atitumūlaṃ mārabalaṃ vidhamitvā vikasitajayasumanakusumasadisassa cīvarassa upari patamānehi rattapavālaṅkurasadisaruciradassanehi bodhirukkhaṅkurehi pītiyā viya pūjiyamāno eva paṭhamayāme pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇaṃ labhitvā majjhimayāme dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ visodhetvā pacchimayāme paṭiccasamuppāde ñāṇaṃ otāretvā vaṭṭavivaṭṭaṃ sammasanto aruṇodaye buddho hutvā –
我曾在无数次的生死轮回中不断流转,却始终找不到出路。
为了寻找造屋者,我一次次地受生,都是苦。
造屋者,你被我看穿了,你不会再盖房子了。
你的椽子全都断了,屋顶也彻底毁了;
心已进入无造作之境,抵达了渴爱的灭尽。巴利
‘‘Anekajātisaṃsāraṃ, sandhāvissaṃ anibbisaṃ; Gahakāraṃ gavesanto, dukkhā jāti punappunaṃ. ‘‘Gahakāraka diṭṭhosi, puna gehaṃ na kāhasi; Sabbā te phāsukā bhaggā, gahakūṭaṃ visaṅkhataṃ; Visaṅkhāragataṃ cittaṃ, taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti. (dha. pa. 153-154) –
说完这段优陀那之后,他通过享受解脱之乐度过了七天。到了第八天,他从定中出来,知道那些天神心里还有疑惑,为了消除她们的疑惑,就飞升到空中,示现双神变。消除她们的疑惑之后,他从盘坐处稍微向东北方向站起来,心想:“我正是在这个盘坐处通达了一切知智。”他用不闭的眼睛凝视着这个盘坐处和菩提树——这里正是他圆满了四阿僧祇劫与十万劫波罗蜜之后证得果位的地方——就这样度过了七天。那个地方后来就被称为“不瞬塔”。巴利
Imaṃ udānaṃ udānetvā sattāhaṃ vimuttisukhapaṭisevanena vītināmetvā aṭṭhame divase samāpattito vuṭṭhāya devatānaṃ kaṅkhaṃ ñatvā tāsaṃ kaṅkhāvidhamanatthaṃ ākāse uppatitvā yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ dassetvā tāsaṃ kaṅkhaṃ vidhamitvā pallaṅkato īsakaṃ pācīnanissite uttaradisābhāge ṭhatvā – ‘‘imasmiṃ vata me pallaṅke sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ paṭividdha’’nti cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca pūritānaṃ pāramīnaṃ phalādhigamaṭṭhānaṃ pallaṅkañceva bodhirukkhañca animisehi akkhīhi olokayamāno sattāhaṃ vītināmesi, taṃ ṭhānaṃ animisacetiyaṃ nāma jātaṃ.
那时,在宝座和站立处之间,有一条东西向延伸的宝石经行道。他在那里经行,度过了七天,那个地方后来被称为宝石经行塔。之后,在西方那片区域,天神们化现出一座叫宝石屋的建筑。他在那里盘腿坐下,专门审察阿毗达摩藏,特别是其中包含无边方法、周遍一切的《发趣论》,就这样度过了七天,那个地方后来被称为宝石屋塔。像这样,在菩提树附近度过四个七日后,到第五个七日,他从菩提树下前往阿阇波罗尼拘律树,在那里同样审察法,并感受解脱之乐,在阿阇波罗尼拘律树下度过了七天。巴利
Atha pallaṅkassa ca ṭhitaṭṭhānassa ca antare puratthimapacchimato āyate ratanacaṅkame caṅkamanto sattāhaṃ vītināmesi, taṃ ṭhānaṃ ratanacaṅkamacetiyaṃ nāma jātaṃ. Tato pacchimadisābhāge devatā ratanagharaṃ nāma māpesuṃ, tattha pallaṅkena nisīditvā abhidhammapiṭakaṃ visesato cettha anantanayasamantapaṭṭhānaṃ vicinanto sattāhaṃ vītināmesi. Taṃ ṭhānaṃ ratanagharacetiyaṃ nāma jātaṃ. Evaṃ bodhisamīpeyeva cattāri sattāhāni vītināmetvā pañcame sattāhe bodhirukkhamūlā yena ajapālanigrodho tenupasaṅkami; tatthāpi dhammaṃ vicinantoyeva vimuttisukhañca paṭisaṃvedento ajapālanigrodhe sattāhaṃ vītināmesi.
就这样,世尊又在目支邻陀树下坐了七天。他刚坐下,一场遍满整个轮围界的大非时云就出现了。那场大云生起时,龙王目支邻陀心想:“这场大云在导师刚进入我的住处时就来了,他应该得到一个能避雨的地方。”龙王虽然有能力化现出像天宫一样、由七宝所成的天宫,但他又想:“那样做对我不会有大果报,我要用身体来服侍十力者。”于是他化出极其庞大的身躯,用身体把导师缠绕七圈,又在上面张开巨大的头冠,停在那里。那时,世尊就在这围绕之中,仿佛坐在一切宝石所成、极其珍贵的宝座上,上方垂着种种芬芳的花鬘天盖,弥漫着各种妙香,就像住在香殿里一样。就这样,世尊在那里度过了七天。之后,他又在接下来的七天坐在王苑中,在那里同样感受着解脱之乐。到这时,七个七日已经圆满了。在这期间,世尊是以禅那之乐和果定之乐度过的。巴利
Evaṃ aparaṃ sattāhaṃ mucalinde nisīdi. Tassa nisinnamattasseva bhagavato sakalacakkavāḷagabbhaṃ pūrento mahāakālamegho udapādi. Tasmiṃ pana uppanne mucalindo nāgarājā cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ mahāmegho satthari mayhaṃ bhavanaṃ paviṭṭhamatte uppanno vāsāgāramassa laddhuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. So sattaratanamayaṃ devavimānasadisaṃ dibbavimānaṃ nimminituṃ samatthopi evaṃ kate – ‘‘na mayhaṃ mahapphalaṃ bhavissati, dasabalassa kāyaveyyāvaccaṃ karissāmī’’ti atimahantaṃ attabhāvaṃ katvā satthāraṃ sattakkhattuṃ bhogehi parikkhipitvā upari mahantaṃ phaṇaṃ katvā aṭṭhāsi. Atha bhagavā parikkhepassa antova mahati okāse sabbaratanamaye paccagghapallaṅke upari viniggalantavividhasurabhikusumadāmavitāne vividhasurabhigandhavāsite gandhakuṭiyaṃ viharanto viya vihāsi. Evaṃ bhagavā taṃ sattāhaṃ tattha vītināmetvā tato aparaṃ sattāhaṃ rājāyatane nisīdi. Tatthāpi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvediyeva. Ettāvatā sattasattāhāni paripuṇṇāni ahesuṃ. Etthantare bhagavā jhānasukhena phalasukhena ca vītināmesi.
过了七个七天,他生起一个念头:“我要洗脸。”帝释天取来无病的诃梨勒果,递给他。接着,帝释天又给了他龙藤做的齿木和洗脸水。于是世尊嚼了齿木,用阿耨达池的水洗了脸,在王苑树下坐下。那时,四大天王献上珍贵的石钵,世尊接受了商人多婆富沙和跋利迦供养的炒面与蜜丸,吃完后返回,在阿阇波罗尼拘律树下坐下。就在那里坐下时,他审视自己所证得的法有多么甚深,心中生起一个想法——这是一切诸佛都惯有的想法:“我所证得的这个法,甚深、难见、难解、寂静、微妙、超越寻思、微细、只有智者才能了知。”于是,他生起了不想为别人说法的念头,这样的思量便出现了。巴利
Athassa sattasattāhātikkame – ‘‘mukhaṃ dhovissāmī’’ti cittaṃ uppajji. Sakko devānamindo agadaharītakaṃ āharitvā adāsi. Athassa sakko nāgalatādantakaṭṭhañca mukhadhovanaudakañca adāsi. Tato bhagavā dantakaṭṭhaṃ khāditvā anotattadahodakena mukhaṃ dhovitvā rājāyatanamūle nisīdi. Tasmiṃ samaye catūhi lokapālehi upanīte paccagghe selamaye patte tapussabhallikānaṃ vāṇijānaṃ manthañca madhupiṇḍikañca paṭiggahetvā paribhuñjitvā paccāgantvā ajapālanigrodharukkhamūle nisīdi. Athassa tattha nisinnamattasseva attanā adhigatassa dhammassa gambhīrabhāvaṃ paccavekkhantassa sabbabuddhānaṃ āciṇṇo – ‘‘adhigato kho myāyaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo’’ti (ma. ni. 2.281; saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 7) paresaṃ dhammaṃ adesetukāmatākārappatto parivitakko udapādi.
这时,娑婆主梵天用自己的心了知十力世尊心中的思察后,发出声音说:“这世间确实在毁灭啊,贤者们!这世间确实在败坏啊,贤者们!”他被一万轮围界的梵天众围绕,由帝释天、夜摩天、兜率天、他化自在天跟随,来到世尊面前,出现在世尊前方。他为了让自己有立足之处,化现出一片大地,把右膝跪在地上,双手合掌举到头顶——那合掌如同清净无垢、光洁明亮的青莲花苞,十指紧密并拢而闪闪发光——恳请道:“尊者,请世尊说法!请善逝说法!世间有众生尘垢微少,如果听不到法,就会退堕;他们将会成为法的了悟者。”巴利
Atha brahmā sahampati dasabalassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya – ‘‘nassati vata, bho, loko, vinassati vata, bho, loko’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.172; ma. ni. 1.282; mahāva. 8) vācaṃ nicchārento dasasahassacakkavāḷabrahmagaṇaparivuto sakkasuyāmasantusitaparanimmitavasavattīhi anugato āgantvā bhagavato purato pāturahosi. So attano patiṭṭhānatthāya pathaviṃ nimminitvā dakkhiṇaṃ jāṇumaṇḍalaṃ pathaviyaṃ nihantvā jalajāmalāvikalakamalamakulasadisaṃ dasanakhasamodhānasamujjalamañjaliṃ sirasmiṃ katvā – ‘‘desetu, bhante , bhagavā dhammaṃ, desetu sugato dhammaṃ, santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 8) –
过去在摩揭陀国,曾出现过一种不清净的法,那是有垢秽的人所思维出来的。
打开这扇不死之门吧,愿大家听闻无垢者所觉悟的法。
就像山顶的岩石一样屹立不动,又能环顾四周的人群;
善慧者啊,你登上那以法所成、如(山顶之喻)一般的殿堂,遍眼者啊;
已离忧者啊,请看看这被生与老所压制的众生。
起来吧,英雄!你已经打赢了那场硬仗。商队首领啊,你没有亏欠,在世间游行吧。
世尊请说法吧,会有能领悟法的人出现。巴利
‘‘Pāturahosi magadhesu pubbe, dhammo asuddho samalehi cintito; Apāpuretaṃ amatassa dvāraṃ, suṇantu dhammaṃ vimalenānubuddhaṃ. ‘‘Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito, yathāpi passe janataṃ samantato; Tathūpamaṃ dhammamayaṃ sumedha, pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhu; Sokāvatiṇṇaṃ janatamapetasoko, avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūtaṃ. ‘‘Uṭṭhehi vīra vijitasaṅgāma, satthavāha anaṇa vicara loke; Desassu bhagavā dhammaṃ, aññātāro bhavissantī’’ti. (ma. ni. 1.282; saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 8) –
你们难道没有这样发愿吗:“我是觉者,要令他人觉悟;我已渡越,要令他人渡越;我已解脱,要令他人解脱。”巴利
‘‘Nanu tumhehi ‘buddho bodheyyaṃ tiṇṇo tāreyyaṃ mutto moceyya’’’nti –
我何必靠隐姓埋名的装束,我已在此亲证了法。
证得一切知之后,我将度脱连同诸天在内的世间。巴利
‘‘Kiṃ me aññātavesena, dhammaṃ sacchikatenidha; Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, tārayissaṃ sadevaka’’nti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.55) –
他发起愿行、圆满诸波罗蜜、证得一切知智之后,又用种种方式恳请世尊说法:“如果你们不宣说正法,还有谁能宣说正法呢?世间除了正法,还有什么皈依、庇护、避难所、归宿呢?”因此说:“世尊成佛后的第八个七日,导师为了说法,受到梵天的恳请。”巴利
Patthanaṃ katvā pāramiyo pūretvā sabbaññubhāvaṃ pattoti ca, ‘‘tumhehi dhamme adesiyamāne ko hi nāma añño dhammaṃ desessati, kimaññaṃ lokassa saraṇaṃ tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ parāyana’’nti ca evamādīhi anekehi nayehi bhagavantaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ ayāci. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘buddhabhūtassa pana bhagavato aṭṭhame sattāhe satthā dhammadesanatthāya brahmunā āyācito’’ti.
现在该回答“这些偈颂是在什么时候、什么地方、由谁说的”这些问题了。其中,“什么时候说的?”答:第一次结集时说的。“第一次结集”这个说法,应当依据《结集品》(《小品》437)里所讲的那样来理解。“在什么地方、由谁说的?”据说,世尊般涅槃后,在摩揭陀大王阿阇世——他降伏了一切怨敌——为结集法义而在王舍城毗婆罗山侧七叶窟门前建起的那座如满月轮般庄严、以精华所成的殿堂里,具寿阿难长老坐在法座上,说出了“梵天及世间主”这首偈颂。这就是此处偈颂的关联。巴利
Idāni ‘‘kadā kattha ca kenāyaṃ, gāthā hi samudīritā’’ti imesaṃ pañhānaṃ vissajjanāya okāso anuppatto. Tattha kadā vuttāti? Paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle vuttā. Paṭhamamahāsaṅgīti nāmesā saṅgītikkhandhe (cūḷava. 437) vuttanayeneva veditabbā. Kattha kena vuttāti? Bhagavati kira parinibbute rājagahanagare vebhārapabbatapasse sattapaṇṇiguhādvāre vijitasabbasattunā ajātasattunā magadhamahārājena dhammasaṅgāyanatthaṃ kārite paripuṇṇacandamaṇḍalasaṅkāse daṭṭhabbasāramaṇḍe maṇḍape dhammāsanagatenāyasmatā ānandattherena ‘‘brahmā ca lokādhipatī’’ti ayaṃ gāthā vuttāti veditabbā. Ayamettha gāthāsambandho.
这位胜者是在什么时候,为了宣说正法,才被梵天劝请的呢?
这首偈颂是在什么时候、什么地方、由谁说的呢?巴利
‘‘Kadāyaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ, ajjhiṭṭho brahmunā jino; Kadā kattha ca kenāyaṃ, gāthā hi samudīritā’’ti. –
这首偈颂的含义也已经说明了。那么,接下来我们就按照这个关联,对其中隐晦难解的词语作解释。巴利
Ayampi gāthā vuttatthā hoti. Evaṃ iminā sambandhena vuttāya panassā anuttānapadavaṇṇanaṃ karissāma.
这里,“梵天”是指因为种种殊胜功德而增长广大,所以叫梵天。不过,这个“梵天”一词也出现在指大梵天、婆罗门、如来、父母、最胜者等地方。比如在“二千梵天”等说法里,指的就是大梵天。巴利
Tattha brahmāti brūhito tehi tehi guṇavisesehīti brahmā. Ayaṃ pana brahma-saddo mahābrahmabrāhmaṇatathāgatamātāpituseṭṭhādīsu dissati. Tathā hi ‘‘dvisahasso brahmā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.166) mahābrahmāti adhippeto.
破除黑暗的佛陀,具有遍及一切的慧眼,已到达世间的尽头,超越了一切存在。
无漏者、已断除一切苦者、被称为真实者,梵志啊,我是被亲近的。巴利
‘‘Tamonudo buddho samantacakkhu, lokantagū sabbabhavātivatto; Anāsavo sabbadukkhappahīno, saccavhayo brahme upāsito me’’ti. (su. ni. 1139) –
在这里,“梵天”指的是婆罗门。在“诸比丘,如来确实被称为梵天”这句话里,这里的“梵天”指的是如来。在“梵天,是人们对父母和先前的老师们的称呼”(《增支部》3.31;4.63;《如是语》106;《本生经》2.20.181)这句话里,这里的“梵天”指的是父母。在“转动梵轮”(《中部》1.148;《相应部》2.21;《增支部》4.8;5.11;《无碍解道》2.44)这句话里,这里的“梵天”指的是最殊胜者。但在这里的语境中,指的是:修习了殊胜的初禅之后,投生到初禅地、寿命长达一劫的大梵天(《中部注疏》1.3)。“ca”这个词表示集合,意思是:大梵天以及一万个轮围世界中的其他梵天们;或者它只是用来补足音节、使句子完整。关于“世界主”:这里的“世界”包括行世界、有情世界和空间世界三种。在这三种当中,这里指的是有情世界。因为他是那个世界的主宰和统治者,所以叫“世界主”。就像“天主”“人主”一样,即使只是某个局部地区的统治者,也可以叫“世界主”。巴利
Ettha brāhmaṇo. ‘‘Brahmāti kho, bhikkhave, tathāgatassetaṃ adhivacana’’nti ettha tathāgato. ‘‘Brahmāti mātāpitaro pubbācariyāti vuccare’’ti (a. ni. 3.31; 4.63; itivu. 106; jā. 2.20.181) ettha mātāpitaro. ‘‘Brahmacakkaṃ pavattetī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.148; saṃ. ni. 2.21; a. ni. 4.8; 5.11; paṭi. ma. 2.44) ettha seṭṭho adhippeto. Idha pana paṭhamajjhānaṃ paṇītaṃ bhāvetvā paṭhamajjhānabhūmiyaṃ nibbatto kappāyuko mahābrahmā adhippeto (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.3). Ca-saddo sampiṇḍanattho, brahmā ca aññe ca dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu brahmāno cāti attho, padapūraṇamatto vā. Lokādhipatīti ettha lokoti saṅkhāraloko sattaloko okāsalokoti tayo lokā. Tesu idha sattaloko adhippeto. Tassa issaro adhipatīti lokādhipati, lokekadesassāpi adhipati lokādhipatīti vuccati devādhipati narādhipati viya.
娑婆主:据说,在迦叶世尊的教法时期,有一位名叫萨哈咖的长老,他修成初禅之后,直到命终都没有退失初禅。命终时,他投生到初禅地,成为寿命长达一劫的大梵天。在那里,人们称他为“娑婆主梵天”。本来应该叫作“萨哈咖主”,但为了顺口,在中间加了一个随韵音,大家就约定俗成地叫成“娑婆主”了。合掌者:就是已经合掌的人,意思是将合拢的双掌举到头顶上。无上者:指的是绝对最殊胜的人,因为没有谁比他更殊胜,所以叫无上者;或者说,没有比他更高的殊胜存在,所以叫无上者,也就是无上的意思。这里说的无上者,就是这个意思。他请求:意思是他上前恳请、祈请了。巴利
Sahampatīti so kira kassapassa bhagavato sāsane sahako nāma thero paṭhamajjhānaṃ nibbattetvā aparihīnajjhāno jīvitapariyosāne paṭhamajjhānabhūmiyaṃ kappāyukamahābrahmā hutvā nibbatto, tatra pana naṃ ‘‘sahampati brahmā’’ti sañjānanti. ‘‘Sahakapatī’’ti vattabbe anussarāgamaṃ katvā ruḷhīvasena ‘‘sahampatī’’ti vadanti. Katañjalīti katañjaliko, añjalipuṭaṃ sirasi katvāti attho. Anadhivaranti accantavaro adhivaro nāssa atthīti anadhivaro, na tato adhiko varo atthīti vā anadhivaro, anuttaroti attho, taṃ anadhivaraṃ. Ayācathāti ayācittha ajjhesi.
现在,为了说明那位梵天当初是为了什么目的而向世尊祈请,所以接着说了“santīdha sattā”等话。其中,“santi”(存在)的意思是:有、能找到,也就是指那些进入佛陀智慧视野中的众生。“idha”(在此)是一个表示地点、处所的不变词。这个词有时是就教法而言的,比如经中说:“比丘们,就在这里,有沙门;这里有第二位沙门;这里有第三位沙门;这里有第四位沙门。其他外道的教说中,是没有沙门的。”(《中部》1.139;《长部》2.214;《增支部》4.241)有时则是指空间上的处所,比如经中所说——巴利
Idāni yassatthāya so bhagavantaṃ ayāci, tamatthaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘santīdha sattā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha santīti saṃvijjanti upalabbhanti, buddhacakkhussa āpāthaṃ āgacchantā atthīti attho. Idhāti ayaṃ desāpadese nipāto . Svāyaṃ katthaci sāsanaṃ upādāya vuccati. Yathāha – ‘‘idheva, bhikkhave, samaṇo, idha dutiyo samaṇo, idha tatiyo samaṇo, idha catuttho samaṇo, suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.139; dī. ni. 2.214; a. ni. 4.241). Katthaci okāsaṃ, yathāha –
我就站在这里,作为天神的我,保持着正念。
尊者,我又重新获得了生命,你要这样知道。巴利
‘‘Idheva tiṭṭhamānassa, devabhūtassa me sato; Punarāyu ca me laddho, evaṃ jānāhi mārisā’’ti. (dī. ni. 2.369) –
有时候它只是用来补足音节的虚词。比如:比丘们,在这里我已是吃饱者、已被邀请(满足)。(《中部》1.30)有时候则是就世间而言,比如:如来出现于世间,是为了大众的利益,为了大众的安乐。(《增支部》1.170)这里也应当理解为是就世间而说的。所以,这里的含义是“在这个有情世间”。所谓“有情”:对色等诸蕴由于贪爱而执取、系缚、附着、黏着,因此称为有情;有情就是众生。不过,按照习惯用语,即使对已经离贪的人,这个称呼也照样使用。巴利
Katthaci padapūraṇamattameva hoti. Yathāha – ‘‘idhāhaṃ, bhikkhave, bhuttāvī assaṃ pavārito’’ti (ma. ni. 1.30). Katthaci lokaṃ upādāya, yathāha – ‘‘idha tathāgato loke uppajjati bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāyā’’ti (a. ni. 1.170). Idhāpi lokameva upādāya vuttoti veditabbo. Tasmā imasmiṃ sattaloketi attho. Sattāti rūpādīsu khandhesu chandarāgena sattā visattā āsattā laggā lagitāti sattā, sattāti pāṇino vuccanti. Ruḷhīsaddena pana vītarāgesupi ayaṃ vohāro vattatiyeva.
“少尘垢种性者”:在由智慧构成的眼中,贪嗔痴的尘垢很少、很微细,他们的本性就是这样,所以叫少尘垢种性者;或者说,那些只有很少贪等尘垢的人就是少尘垢者,他们的本性就是少尘垢,所以叫少尘垢种性者——这里应当这样理解其含义。对于这些少尘垢种性者,要把“sattānaṃ(众生)”的格位变化一下,与“desehi dhammaṃ(请说法)”连接起来理解其含义。“请说”:这是祈请的话,意思是请讲说、请教导。“法”:在这里,这个“法”字出现在教理、定、慧、本性、自性、空、福德、犯戒、所知、四谛法等处。比如:“比丘于此学习法:经、应颂、记说……乃至方广”等中,“法”出现在教理上。“那些世尊有如是法”等中,出现在定上。巴利
Apparajakkhajātikāti paññāmaye akkhimhi appaṃ parittaṃ rāgadosamoharajaṃ etesaṃ evaṃsabhāvā ca teti apparajakkhajātikā, appaṃ rāgādirajameva vā yesaṃ te apparajakkhā, te apparajakkhasabhāvā apparajakkhajātikāti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Tesaṃ apparajakkhajātikānaṃ. ‘‘Sattāna’’nti vibhattivipariṇāmaṃ katvā – ‘‘desehi dhamma’’nti iminā sambandhaṃ katvā attho daṭṭhabbo. Desehīti āyācanavacanametaṃ, desehi kathehi upadisāti attho. Dhammanti ettha ayaṃ dhamma-saddo pariyattisamādhipaññāpakatisabhāvasuññatāpuññaāpattiñeyyacatusaccadhammādīsu dissati. Tathā hi – ‘‘idha bhikkhu dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāti suttaṃ geyyaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ…pe… vedalla’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.239; a. ni. 4.102) pariyattiyaṃ dissati. ‘‘Evaṃdhammā te bhagavanto ahesu’’ntiādīsu samādhimhi.
猴王啊,谁具备这四种法,就像你一样;
真实、法、坚定和布施,他见此四者而超越。巴利
‘‘Yassete caturo dhammā, vānarinda yathā tava; Saccaṃ dhammo dhiti cāgo, diṭṭhaṃ so ativattatī’’ti. –
在“Ādīsu”(《本生》1.2.147)等处的“法”是指智慧。在“Jātidhammā jarādhammā, atho maraṇadhammino”等句(《增支部》3.39)中,是指本性。在“Kusalā dhammā, akusalā dhammā, abyākatā dhammā”等句(《法集论·论母》)中,是指自性。在“Tasmiṃ kho pana samaye dhammā honti khandhā honti”等句(《法集论》121)中,是指空。在“Dhammo suciṇṇo sukhamāvahāti”等句(《经集》184;《长老偈》303;《本生》1.10.102;1.15.385)中,是指福德。在“Dve aniyatā dhammā”等句(《律藏·不定法》)中,是指犯戒。在“Sabbe dhammā sabbākārena buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇamukhe āpāthaṃ āgacchanti”等句(《大义释》156;《小义释·莫伽罗阇学童问》85)中,是指所知之法。在“Diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo”等句(《长部》1.299;《大品》27, 57)中,是指四圣谛法。在这里,也应当理解为四圣谛法(《中部义注》1·经分别注释;《法集论义注·心生起品》1)。“怜悯”——就是生起怜悯与同情。“此”——是指向众生而说。“众生”——因为生出来的缘故叫众生,就是那众生、那有情众,愿从轮回之苦中解脱,这是用意所在。然而有些人……巴利
Ādīsu (jā. 1.2.147) paññāya. ‘‘Jātidhammā jarādhammā, atho maraṇadhammino’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 3.39) pakatiyaṃ. ‘‘Kusalā dhammā, akusalā dhammā, abyākatā dhammā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. tikamātikā) sabhāve. ‘‘Tasmiṃ kho pana samaye dhammā honti khandhā hontī’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 121) suññatāyaṃ. ‘‘Dhammo suciṇṇo sukhamāvahātī’’tiādīsu (su. ni. 184; theragā. 303; jā. 1.10.102; 1.15.385) puññe. ‘‘Dve aniyatā dhammā’’tiādīsu āpattiyaṃ. ‘‘Sabbe dhammā sabbākārena buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇamukhe āpāthaṃ āgacchantī’’tiādīsu (mahāni. 156; cūḷani. mogharājamāṇavapucchāniddesa 85) ñeyye. ‘‘Diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.299; mahāva. 27, 57) catusaccadhamme. Idhāpi catusaccadhamme daṭṭhabbo (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.suttanikkhepavaṇṇanā; dha. sa. aṭṭha. cittuppādakaṇḍa 1). Anukampāti anukampaṃ anuddayaṃ karohi. Imanti pajaṃ niddisanto āha. Pajanti pajātattā pajā, taṃ pajaṃ, sattanikāyaṃ saṃsāradukkhato mocehīti adhippāyo. Keci pana –
世尊,是世间之主,是人中最殊胜者,
被婆罗门众恳请的合掌者。巴利
‘‘Bhagavāti lokādhipatī naruttamo, Katañjalī brahmagaṇehi yācito’’ti. –
他们这样诵念。到这里,这首偈颂的全部含义就已经讲完了。巴利
Paṭhanti. Ettāvatā sabbaso ayaṃ gāthā vuttatthā hoti.
那时,世尊听了娑婆主梵天的劝请之后,这位具足十力、在无量时劫中积聚悲心之力、善巧于利他、智慧明利的世尊,仅仅因为对一切众生敞开机会,大悲心就生起了。而结集者在结集时,为了显示世尊这悲心的生起——巴利
Atha bhagavato taṃ brahmuno sahampatissa āyācanavacanaṃ sutvā aparimitasamayasamuditakaruṇābalassa dasabalassa parahitakaraṇanipuṇamaticārassa sabbasattesu okāsakaraṇamattena mahākaruṇā udapādi. Taṃ pana bhagavato karuṇuppattiṃ dassentehi saṅgītikāle saṅgītikārakehi –
具足明与行、如此者,持有光明,承载着最后之身;
如来、无与伦比者,生起了对一切众生的悲悯。巴利
‘‘Sampannavijjācaraṇassa tādino, jutindharassantimadehadhārino; Tathāgatassappaṭipuggalassa, uppajji kāruññatā sabbasatte’’ti. –
这首偈颂被安立了。巴利
Ayaṃ gāthā ṭhapitā.
在这里,“明行具足”中的“具足”,从圆满、完备、美妙三个方面来说,共有三种。其中——巴利
Tattha sampannavijjācaraṇassāti sampannaṃ nāma tividhaṃ paripuṇṇasamaṅgimadhuravasena. Tattha –
具足的稻田,鹦鹉们来享用,拘希耶;
梵天,我告诉你,我没法阻止他。巴利
‘‘Sampannaṃ sālikedāraṃ, suvā bhuñjanti kosiya; Paṭivedemi te brahme, na naṃ vāretumussahe’’ti. (jā. 1.14.1) –
这称为圆满具足。“以此巴帝摩卡防护而具备、完全具备、达到、完全达到、具足、完全具足”(《分别论》511),这称为具备者具足。“尊者,此大地的底层是具足的,犹如毫无杂色的纯蜜,如此甘美”(《波罗夷》18),这称为甘美具足。在这里,圆满具足和具备者具足两种都适用。(《中部注》1.64)明:以刺破对立之法、令人了知、可被证知之义,称为明。这明又分为三明和八明。三明应按照《怖畏恐惧经》(《中部》1.50等)中所说的方法来理解,八明应按照《阿摩昼经》(《长部》1.278等)中所说。在该经中,把观智和意所成神通,连同六种神通,合起来说为八明。行:指戒律仪、守护根门、饮食知量、精勤警寤、信、惭、愧、多闻、精进、念住、慧具足,以及四种色界禅那——应知这十五种法就是行。正因为圣弟子依这十五种法而行,走向不死之境,所以称为行。正如所说:“摩诃男,在这里,圣弟子戒行具足……”(《中部》2.24),这一切都应按照《中部》后五十经中所说的方法来理解。明与行,合称明行;明行圆满具足,此人就是明行具足者。或者依明行而具足、相应、成就,也称为明行具足者。两种解释都成立。此明行具足者(《波罗夷注》1.1《毗兰若品疏》)。巴利
Idaṃ paripuṇṇasampannaṃ nāma. ‘‘Iminā pātimokkhasaṃvarena upeto hoti samupeto upagato samupagato sampanno samannāgato’’ti (vibha. 511) idaṃ samaṅgisampannaṃ nāma. ‘‘Imissā, bhante, mahāpathaviyā heṭṭhimatalaṃ sampannaṃ, seyyathāpi khuddamadhuṃ anīlakaṃ, evamassāda’’nti (pārā. 18) idaṃ madhurasampannaṃ nāma. Idha paripuṇṇasampannampi samaṅgisampannampi yujjati (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.64). Vijjāti paṭipakkhadhamme vijjhanaṭṭhena viditakaraṇaṭṭhena vinditabbaṭṭhena ca vijjā. Tā pana tissopi vijjā aṭṭhapi vijjā. Tisso vijjā bhayabheravasutte (ma. ni. 1.50 ādayo) āgatanayeneva veditabbā, aṭṭha ambaṭṭhasutte (dī. ni. 1.278 ādayo). Tatra hi vipassanāñāṇena manomayiddhiyā ca saha cha abhiññā pariggahetvā aṭṭha vijjā vuttā. Caraṇanti sīlasaṃvaro indriyesu guttadvāratā bhojane mattaññutā jāgariyānuyogo saddhā hirī ottappaṃ bāhusaccaṃ āraddhavīriyatā upaṭṭhitassatitā paññāsampannatā cattāri rūpāvacarajjhānānīti ime pannarasa dhammā veditabbā. Imeyeva hi pannarasa dhammā yasmā etehi carati ariyasāvako gacchati amataṃ disaṃ, tasmā ‘‘caraṇa’’nti vuttā. Yathāha – ‘‘idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako sīlavā hotī’’ti (ma. ni. 2.24) sabbaṃ majjhimapaṇṇāsake vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Vijjā ca caraṇañca vijjācaraṇāni, sampannāni paripuṇṇāni vijjācaraṇāni yassa soyaṃ sampannavijjācaraṇo, vijjācaraṇehi sampanno samaṅgībhūto, samannāgatoti vā sampannavijjācaraṇo. Ubhayathāpi attho yujjateva, tassa sampannavijjācaraṇassa (pārā. aṭṭha. 1.1 verañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanā).
“如者”是指具备“如”的特质的人。这种“如”的特质在《大义释》(大义释 38, 192)中以“在可爱中亦如,在不可爱中亦如”等方式被讲述。意思是说,在可爱、不可爱等中都不改变、不动摇的人。“持光辉者”是指具有光辉的人,意思是说,持有比秋季在持双山上升起的太阳更超胜、更具祥瑞之美的身体光辉散布者。也可以说成“持智慧明灯者”。正如这样说的——巴利
Tādinoti ‘‘iṭṭhepi tādī aniṭṭhepi tādī’’tiādinā nayena mahāniddese (mahāni. 38, 192) āgatatādilakkhaṇena tādino, iṭṭhāniṭṭhādīsu avikārassa tādisassāti attho. Jutindharassāti jutimato, yugandhare saradasamaye samuditadivasakarātirekatarasassirikasarīrajutivisaradharassāti attho. ‘‘Paññāpajjotadharassā’’ti vā vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Vuttañhetaṃ –
世间有四种光明,第五种在这里并不存在。
白天太阳照耀,夜里月天子放光。
这时,火在白天和夜晚到处都放光。
正等觉者在一切发光者中最殊胜,这才是无上的光明。巴利
‘‘Cattāro loke pajjotā, pañcamettha na vijjati; Divā tapati ādicco, rattimābhāti candimā. ‘‘Atha aggi divārattiṃ, tattha tattha pabhāsati; Sambuddho tapataṃ seṭṭho, esā ābhā anuttarā’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.26, 85);
所以,从两方面来说,意思都是“具有身体的光辉和智慧的光辉”。所谓“持有最后身的人”,就是持有最终之身、不再有来生的人。巴利
Tasmā ubhayathāpi sarīrapaññājutivisaradharassāti attho. Antimadehadhārinoti sabbapacchimasarīradhārino, apunabbhavassāti attho.
在“如来”这个词里,世尊因为八种原因而被称为“如来”。是哪八种呢?因为是这样而来,所以是如来;因为是这样而去,所以是如来;因为达到了这样的特征,所以是如来;因为对这样的法如实地完全觉悟,所以是如来;因为具有如实的见,所以是如来;因为具有如实的说,所以是如来;因为具有如实的行,所以是如来;因为具有超越、胜过的意义,所以是如来。巴利
Tathāgatassāti ettha aṭṭhahi kāraṇehi bhagavā ‘‘tathāgato’’ti vuccati. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Tathā āgatoti tathāgato, tathā gatoti tathāgato, tathalakkhaṇaṃ āgatoti tathāgato, tathadhamme yāthāvato abhisambuddhoti tathāgato, tathadassitāya tathāgato, tathavāditāya tathāgato, tathākāritāya tathāgato, abhibhavanaṭṭhena tathāgatoti.
世尊为什么是“如来”呢?因为他像那样而来,所以叫如来。也就是说,他依着那样的愿力,圆满布施波罗蜜,又圆满持戒、出离、智慧、精进、忍辱、真实、决意、慈、舍波罗蜜,圆满了这十波罗蜜、十近波罗蜜、十究竟波罗蜜,也就是圆满了三十种波罗蜜;还舍弃了五种大舍弃:舍弃身体肢体、舍弃生命、舍弃财富、舍弃王位、舍弃妻儿。就像毗婆尸佛等正自觉者那样而来,我们的世尊也是那样而来,所以叫如来。正如经中所说——巴利
Kathaṃ bhagavā tathā āgatoti tathāgato? Yathā yena abhinīhārena dānapāramiṃ pūretvā sīlanekkhammapaññāvīriyakhantisaccaadhiṭṭhānamettupekkhāpāramiṃ pūretvā imā dasa pāramiyo dasa upapāramiyo dasa paramatthapāramiyoti samattiṃsa pāramiyo pūretvā aṅgapariccāgaṃ jīvitapariccāgaṃ dhanarajjaputtadārapariccāganti ime pañca mahāpariccāge pariccajitvā yathā vipassiādayo sammāsambuddhā āgatā, tathā amhākampi bhagavā āgatoti tathāgato. Yathāha –
就像世间上的毗婆尸佛等牟尼,都是这样来到此处、成就一切知智的;
同样地,这位释迦牟尼也这样来了,因此被称为如来,也就是具眼者。巴利
‘‘Yatheva lokamhi vipassiādayo, sabbaññubhāvaṃ munayo idhāgatā; Tathā ayaṃ sakyamunīpi āgato, tathāgato vuccati tena cakkhumā’’ti.
怎样才是“如是而去”者呢?为什么叫“如来”?就像毗婆尸等佛陀刚出生时,以平等之双足站在大地上,面朝北方,以七步的行走而去;我们的世尊也是这样而去的,所以叫“如来”。正如经中所说——巴利
Kathaṃ tathā gatoti tathāgato? Yathā sampatijātā vipassiādayo samehi pādehi pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāya uttarābhimukhā sattapadavītihārena gatā, tathā amhākampi bhagavā gatoti tathāgato. Yathāha –
就像牛王刚出生,就用四只同样着地的脚触到了大地;
乔达摩迈出七步,天神们为他撑着一顶白伞盖。
乔达摩迈出七步后,环顾四方,四周一片平坦。
他发出具足八支的言语,就像一头狮子站在山顶上。巴利
‘‘Muhuttajātova gavampatī yathā, samehi pādehi phusī vasundharaṃ; So vikkamī sattapadāni gotamo, setañca chattaṃ anudhārayuṃ marū. ‘‘Gantvāna so sattapadāni gotamo, disā vilokesi samā samantato; Aṭṭhaṅgupetaṃ giramabbhudīrayī, sīho yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito’’ti.
为什么说“如来”是“如实到达者”呢?对于一切色法和无色法,它们的自相与共相都是真实、不虚妄的,他以智慧的行进如实到达、没有偏离地证得、彻底觉悟,所以称为如来。巴利
Kathaṃ tathalakkhaṇaṃ āgatoti tathāgato? Sabbesaṃ rūpārūpadhammānaṃ salakkhaṇaṃ sāmaññalakkhaṇañca tathaṃ avitathaṃ ñāṇagatiyā āgato avirajjhitvā patto anubuddhoti tathāgato.
而一切法的自相与共相,
正因为他就是这样如实地去往的,所以导师就被称为如来。巴利
‘‘Sabbesaṃ pana dhammānaṃ, sakasāmaññalakkhaṇaṃ; Tathamevāgato yasmā, tasmā satthā tathāgato’’ti.
为什么说“由于如实彻证了如实法,所以叫如来”?所谓如实法,就是四圣谛。正如经中所说:“比丘们,有这四种法是真实的、不虚的、不异的。哪四种呢?比丘们,‘这是苦’是真实的,是不虚的,是不异的……”(《相应部》5.1090)详细解说。世尊已经彻证了这些谛,因此,由于彻证了如实法,所以称为“如来”。这里“去”(gata)这个词,就是“已彻证”的意思。巴利
Kathaṃ tathadhamme yāthāvato abhisambuddhoti tathāgato? Tathadhammā nāma cattāri ariyasaccāni. Yathāha – ‘‘cattārimāni, bhikkhave, tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Katamāni cattāri? ‘Idaṃ dukkha’nti, bhikkhave, tathametaṃ avitathametaṃ anaññathameta’’nti (saṃ. ni. 5.1090) vitthāro. Tāni ca bhagavā abhisambuddho, tasmā tathānaṃ abhisambuddhattā ‘‘tathāgato’’ti vuccati. Abhisambuddhattho hi ettha gatasaddo.
那些名为如的真理,导师彻底觉悟了。
因此,因为如实觉悟了那些真理,所以称为如来。巴利
‘‘Tathanāmāni saccāni, abhisambujjhi nāyako; Tasmā tathānaṃ saccānaṃ, sambuddhattā tathāgato’’.
如来为什么是“如实见者”呢?因为世尊在无量的世间界中,对于无量众生通过眼、耳、鼻、舌、身、意六门所呈现的色、声、香、味、触、法这些所缘对象,都以一切方式了知、彻见,所以说如来是“如实见者”。或者说,世间中是怎样真实的,他就那样如实地向世间显示。因此,世尊也是如来。在这里,应当知道“如来”这个词是从“如实见”这个含义产生的。巴利
Kathaṃ tathadassitāya tathāgato? Bhagavā hi aparimāṇāsu lokadhātūsu aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ cakkhusotaghāṇajivhākāyamanodvāresu āpāthaṃ āgacchantaṃ rūpasaddagandharasaphoṭṭhabbadhammārammaṇaṃ tathāgato sabbākārato jānāti passatīti, evaṃ tathadassitāya tathāgato. Atha vā yaṃ loke tathaṃ, taṃ lokassa tatheva dasseti. Tatopi bhagavā tathāgato. Ettha tathadassiatthe ‘‘tathāgato’’ti padasambhavo veditabbo.
以这样的方式,他了知并随观诸法;
因为如实看见,所以是正觉者;因此,他被称为如来。巴利
‘‘Tathākārena yo dhamme, jānāti anupassati; Tathadassīti sambuddho, tasmā vutto tathāgato’’.
如来为什么是“如实语者”呢?因为从证悟无上正等觉到般涅槃之间,整整四十五年里,如来所宣说、所讲述、收录在契经等九分教中的一切教法,全都像用同一杆秤称过一样,真实不虚,毫无偏差。因此说:巴利
Kathaṃ tathavāditāya tathāgato? Yañca abhisambodhiyā parinibbānassa ca antare pañcacattālīsavassaparimāṇakāle suttādinavaṅgasaṅgahitaṃ bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatena, sabbaṃ taṃ ekatulāya tulitaṃ viya tathameva avitathameva hoti. Tenevāha –
准陀,如来在某个夜晚证得无上正等觉,又在某个夜晚以无余涅槃界般涅槃,在这两者之间,他所讲说、所谈论、所宣示的一切,全都真实不虚,绝不虚妄。因此,他被称为“如来”。巴利
‘‘Yañca, cunda, rattiṃ tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca rattiṃ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, yaṃ etasmiṃ antare bhāsati lapati niddisati, sabbaṃ taṃ tatheva hoti, no aññathā. Tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccatī’’ti.
在这里,“gata”这个词其实就是“gada”(言语)的意思。因为说的是真实的话,所以叫“如来”。āgadana 就是 āgado,意思是言说。拥有真实不颠倒的言说,就是如来——这是把“da”音变成“ta”音来说的。巴利
Ettha pana gadaattho hi gatasaddo. Evaṃ tathavāditāya tathāgato. Āgadanaṃ āgado, vacananti attho. Tatho aviparīto āgado assāti tathāgato. Da-kārassa ta-kāraṃ katvā vutto.
因为他是如是说者,所以他是阐明真实之法者。
因为他说的是真实语,所以佛陀就是如来。巴利
‘‘Tathāvādī jino yasmā, tathadhammappakāsako; Tathāmāgadanañcassa, tasmā buddho tathāgato’’.
如来是怎样“如实行”的呢?世尊无论说了什么话,他都会用身体去实行;身体与言语相随顺,言语也与身体相随顺。因此他说:巴利
Kathaṃ tathākāritāya tathāgato? Bhagavā hi yaṃ yaṃ vācaṃ abhāsi, taṃ taṃ eva kāyena karoti, vācāya kāyo anulometi, kāyassapi vācā. Tenevāha –
比丘们,如来怎么说就怎么做,怎么做就怎么说……所以称为“如来”。巴利
‘‘Yathā vādī, bhikkhave, tathāgato tathā kārī, yathā kārī tathā vādī…pe… tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccatī’’ti (a. ni. 4.23; cūḷani. posālamāṇavapucchāniddesa 83).
他的言语怎样进行,他的身体也怎样进行;他的身体怎样进行,他的言语也怎样进行。因为这样如实去做,所以称为如来。巴利
Yathā ca vācā gatā, kāyopi tathā gato, yathā kāyo gato, vācāpi tathā gatā. Evaṃ tathākāritāya tathāgato.
他的言语怎样,他的身体也就怎样。
因为他说的是真话,所以这位正等觉者、导师就被叫作如来。巴利
‘‘Yathā vācā gatā tassa, tathā kāyo gato yato; Tathāvāditāya sambuddho, satthā tasmā tathāgato’’.
如来怎么算是以“征服”的意义上称为如来呢?他把上方直到有顶天、下方直到无间地狱作为边界,横向遍及无量世界,以戒、定、慧、解脱、解脱智见征服其中一切众生。对他而言,没有秤可以称量,没有尺可以度量;他确实不可称量、不可度量、无与伦比。正因如此,才这样说:巴利
Kathaṃ abhibhavanaṭṭhena tathāgato? Upari bhavaggaṃ heṭṭhā avīciṃ pariyantaṃ katvā tiriyaṃ aparimāṇāsu lokadhātūsu sabbasatte abhibhavati sīlenapi samādhināpi paññāyapi vimuttiyāpi vimuttiñāṇadassanenapi, na tassa tulā vā pamāṇaṃ vā atthi, atha kho atulo appameyyo anuttaro. Tenevāha –
比丘们,在包括天界在内的世间……如来是征服者,不被任何人征服,他确实是一切所见者、自在之主,因此被称为“如来”。巴利
‘‘Sadevake, bhikkhave, loke…pe… tathāgato abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthu daso vasavattī, tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccatī’’ti (a. ni. 1.23; posālamāṇavapucchāniddesa 83).
在这里,应当这样理解词义的成立:就像“agado”就是“无病”一样。那这个指的是什么呢?就是教说的庄严和福德的积聚。正是因为这个,这位有大神力的医者,就像用天药治蛇毒一样,能胜过一切外道以及包括天神的世间。因此,从胜过一切世间这一点来说,无颠倒的教说庄严和福德积聚就是“无病”(agada);再把 da 变成 ta,就应当理解为“如来”(tathāgata)。这样,从胜过之义来说,就是如来。巴利
Tatrevaṃ padasiddhi veditabbā – agado viya agado. Ko panesa? Desanāvilāso ceva puññussayo ca. Tena hesa mahānubhāvo bhisakko dibbāgadena sappe viya sabbaparappavādino sadevakañca lokaṃ abhibhavati, iti sabbalokābhibhavanato aviparīto desanāvilāso ceva puññussayo ca agado assāti da-kārassa ta-kāraṃ katvā ‘‘tathāgato’’ti veditabbo. Evaṃ abhibhavanaṭṭhena tathāgato.
这样的导师真实不颠倒,而且无病;
他凭这个成为自在者,是导师、如来。巴利
‘‘Tatho aviparīto ca, agado yassa satthuno; Vasavattīti so tena, hoti satthā tathāgato’’.
所谓“无与伦比者”,就是指没有能与之匹敌的人。其他任何一个人能够宣称“我是佛陀”而作为对手,这样的众生根本不存在,所以叫“无与伦比者”,也就是指这位无与伦比者本人。“生起”就是已经生起、出现了。“悲愍性”就是悲悯的状态。“一切众生”这句话是总括所有众生、一个也不遗漏,意思是整个众生群体。到这里,这首偈颂的含义也就讲完了。巴利
Appaṭipuggalassāti paṭipuggalavirahitassa, añño koci ‘‘ahaṃ buddho’’ti evaṃ paṭiññaṃ dātuṃ samattho nāmassa puggalo, natthīti appaṭipuggalo, tassa appaṭipuggalassa. Uppajjīti uppanno udapādi. Kāruññatāti karuṇāya bhāvo kāruññatā. Sabbasatteti niravasesasattapariyādānavacanaṃ, sakale sattanikāyeti attho. Ettāvatā ayampi gāthā vuttatthā hoti.
这时,世尊被梵天劝请为宣说正法,对众生生起了悲悯之心,想要说法,便用偈颂对大梵天说道:巴利
Atha bhagavā brahmunā dhammadesanatthāya āyācito sattesu kāruññataṃ uppādetvā dhammaṃ desetukāmo mahābrahmānaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –
不死之门已经为他们打开,凡是能听法的人,都应当生起信心。
梵天啊,我顾虑说法的劳苦时,不曾对人们宣说过这我所精通的殊胜的法。巴利
‘‘Apārutā tesaṃ amatassa dvārā, ye sotavanto pamuñcantu saddhaṃ; Vihiṃsasaññī paguṇaṃ na bhāsiṃ, dhammaṃ paṇītaṃ manujesu brahme’’ti. (ma. ni. 1.283; dī. ni. 2.71; saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 9);
这时,娑婆主梵天知道“我已经从世尊那里得到了说法的机会”,就把十指合拢、光洁明亮的合掌举到头顶,向世尊顶礼,右绕致敬,然后被一群梵天众围绕着离开了。接着,导师答应了那位梵天的请求,心里想:“我该先给谁说法呢?”他先想到:“阿罗逻是个聪明人,他能很快理解这个法。”生出这个念头后,再一观察,就知道他已经死了七天;又知道优陀迦也在昨夜命终。于是他又想:“那五位比丘现在住在哪里呢?”他把心转向五群比丘,知道“在波罗奈的仙人堕处鹿野苑”。于是,在阿沙荼月的清晨,天刚破晓,他就拿着钵和衣,走上了那条十八由旬的路。途中,他遇到一个名叫优波迦的邪命外道,就向他表明自己已经成佛。就在当天傍晚,他到了仙人堕处。在那里,他向五群比丘说明自己已经成佛,坐上敷设好的殊胜佛座,把五群比丘叫到跟前,为他们宣说了《转法轮经》。巴利
Atha kho brahmā sahampati ‘‘katāvakāso khomhi bhagavatā dhammadesanāyā’’ti ñatvā dasanakhasamodhānasamujjalaṃ añjaliṃ sirasi katvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā brahmagaṇaparivuto pakkāmi. Atha satthā tassa brahmuno paṭiññaṃ datvā – ‘‘kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyya’’nti (ma. ni. 1.283; mahāva. 10) cintento – ‘‘āḷāro paṇḍito so imaṃ dhammaṃ khippaṃ ājānissatī’’ti cittaṃ uppādetvā puna olokento tassa sattāhaṃ kālaṅkatabhāvaṃ ñatvā udakassa ca abhidosakālaṅkatabhāvaṃ ñatvā puna – ‘‘kahaṃ nu kho etarahi pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū viharantī’’ti pañcavaggiye āvajjento ‘‘bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatane migadāye’’ti ñatvā āsāḷhiyaṃ pabhātāya rattiyā kālasseva pattacīvaramādāya aṭṭhārasayojanikaṃ maggaṃ paṭipanno antarāmagge upakaṃ nāma ājīvakaṃ disvā tassa attano buddhabhāvamāvikatvā taṃdivasameva sāyanhasamaye isipatanamagamāsi. Tattha pañcavaggiyānaṃ attano buddhabhāvaṃ pakāsetvā paññattavarabuddhāsanagato pañcavaggiye bhikkhū āmantetvā dhammacakkappavattanasuttantaṃ (saṃ. ni. 5.1081; mahāva. 13 ādayo; paṭi. ma. 2.30) desesi.
在这其中,憍陈如长老顺着开示的思路运用智慧,在经文结束时,和一亿八千万梵天众一起证得了入流果。导师就在那里进入雨安居,第二天,让跋波长老也证得入流果。用同样的方法让那五位长老全都证得入流果之后,又在半月的第五天,把五位长老召集到一起,宣说了《无我相经》,开示结束时,五位长老都证得了阿拉汉果。巴利
Tesu aññāsikoṇḍaññatthero desanānusārena ñāṇaṃ pesetvā suttapariyosāne aṭṭhārasahi brahmakoṭīhi saddhiṃ sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi. Satthā tattheva vassaṃ upagantvā punadivase vappattheraṃ sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāpesi. Eteneva upāyena sabbe te sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāpetvā puna pañcamiyaṃ pakkhassa pañcapi te there sannipātetvā anattalakkhaṇasuttantaṃ (saṃ. ni. 3.59; mahāva. 20 ādayo) desesi, desanāpariyosāne pañcapi therā arahatte patiṭṭhahiṃsu.
那时,导师就在当地看到耶舍这位善男子具备出家得度的条件,又看到他已舍弃家庭、出家而来,便喊了一声:“来吧,耶舍!”(《大品》26)就在当天夜里,让他证得入流果;第二天,又让他证得阿拉汉果。随后,耶舍的五十四位同伴也以“善来比丘”的方式出家,都被安立在阿拉汉果中。就这样,当世间出现了六十一位阿拉汉时,导师在雨安居结束、举行自恣后,召集比丘们,这样说道:巴利
Atha satthā tattheva yasassa kulaputtassa upanissayaṃ disvā gehaṃ pahāya nikkhantaṃ disvā – ‘‘ehi yasā’’ti (mahāva. 26) pakkositvā tasmiññeva rattibhāge sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāpetvā punadivase arahatte ca patiṭṭhāpetvā aparepi tassa sahāyake catupaṇṇāsajane ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbājetvā arahatte patiṭṭhāpesi. Evaṃ loke ekasaṭṭhiyā arahantesu jātesu satthā vuṭṭhavasso pavāretvā bhikkhū āmantetvā etadavoca –
他人利益与自己利益,在这大地上作(利益)者们。
比丘们,你们要向人宣说正法,行于正法。
你们要住在远离人群的寂静之处,住在山林里;
向世间开显我的恒常正法。
比库们,你们要去做正法的使者,广泛宣扬正法。
为了众生的利益,善行者啊,这是我的话。
请把一切恶趣之门都关上,无漏者啊;
请打开通往天界与解脱的道路之门吧,无与伦比者啊。
通过说法和修行,以慈悲等功德为家,
要让世间人的智慧和信心都全面增长。
对以财物布施来帮助僧众的在家人,
你们要用法的布施,来回报他们。
你们要高举正法,宣说这仙人之幢(佛陀)的(教法)。
已经做完该做的事,你们应当去利益他人。巴利
‘‘Paratthaṃ cattano atthaṃ, karontā pathaviṃ imaṃ; Byāharantā manussānaṃ, dhammaṃ caratha bhikkhavo. ‘‘Viharatha vivittesu, pabbatesu vanesu ca; Pakāsayantā saddhammaṃ, lokassa satataṃ mama. ‘‘Karontā dhammadūteyyaṃ, vikhyāpayatha bhikkhavo; Santi atthāya sattānaṃ, subbatā vacanaṃ mama. ‘‘Sabbaṃ pidahatha dvāraṃ, apāyānamanāsavā; Saggamokkhassa maggassa, dvāraṃ vivarathāsamā. ‘‘Desanāpaṭipattīhi, karuṇādiguṇālayā; Buddhiṃ saddhañca lokassa, abhivaḍḍhetha sabbaso. ‘‘Gihīnamupakarontānaṃ, niccamāmisadānato; Karotha dhammadānena, tesaṃ paccūpakārakaṃ. ‘‘Samussayatha saddhammaṃ, desayantā isiddhajaṃ; Katakattabbakammantā, paratthaṃ paṭipajjathā’’ti.
世尊这样说完之后,就把那些比丘遣散到各地,自己前往优楼频螺。途中,他在一片棉花树林里度化了三十位贤群青年。这些人当中,最后一位证得入流果,最上首的那位证得不来果,没有一个人是应供者或凡夫。世尊也以“善来比丘”的方式让他们全部出家,然后遣往各地。之后,世尊亲自到了优楼频螺,示现了一千五百种神通变化,调伏了优楼频螺·迦叶等人,即结发三兄弟及其一千名结发苦行者随从。世尊以“善来比丘”的方式让他们出家,让他们坐在象头山,开示燃烧法门,使他们安立于应供果。那时,世尊被这一千位应供者围绕,心想:“我该兑现对频婆娑罗王的承诺了。”于是前往王舍城附近的拉提瓦那园林。园林看守禀报了国王。国王听说导师来了,便由十二那由他婆罗门和居士围绕,前来亲近十力。就像日光穿过浓密的云层,又像牟尼圣日从林中透出,国王来到十力面前,用那戴着宝冠、宝珠光辉闪耀的头,顶礼十力那具足轮相、如同无垢白莲般柔软的双足,然后和随行大众一起坐在一边。巴利
Evañca pana vatvā bhagavā te bhikkhū disāsu vissajjetvā sayaṃ uruvelaṃ gacchanto antarāmagge kappāsikavanasaṇḍe tiṃsa bhaddavaggiyakumāre vinesi. Tesu yo sabbapacchimako, so sotāpanno, sabbaseṭṭho anāgāmī, ekopi arahā vā puthujjano vā nāhosi. Tepi sabbe ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbājetvā disāsu pesetvā sayaṃ uruvelaṃ gantvā aḍḍhuḍḍhāni pāṭihāriyasahassāni dassetvā uruvelakassapādayo sahassajaṭilaparivāre tebhātikajaṭile dametvā ehibhikkhubhāvena pabbājetvā gayāsīse nisīdāpetvā ādittapariyāyadesanāya (saṃ. ni. 4.28; mahāva. 54) arahatte patiṭṭhāpetvā tena arahantasahassena bhagavā parivuto ‘‘bimbisārassa rañño paṭiññaṃ mocessāmī’’ti rājagahanagarūpacāre laṭṭhivanuyyānaṃ nāma agamāsi. Tato uyyānapālako rañño ārocesi. Rājā – ‘‘satthā āgato’’ti sutvā dvādasanahutehi brāhmaṇagahapatikehi parivuto dasabalaṃ ghanavivaragatamiva divasakaraṃ vanavivaragataṃ munivaradivasakaraṃ upasaṅkamitvā cakkālaṅkatatalesu jalajāmalāvikalakamalakomalesu dasabalassa pādesu makuṭamaṇijutivisaravijjotinā sirasā nipatitvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi saddhiṃ parisāya.
这时,那些婆罗门和居士心里想:“到底是大沙门在优楼频螺·迦叶那里修梵行,还是优楼频螺·迦叶在大沙门那里修梵行?”世尊知道了他们心里的想法,就用偈颂对那位长老说:巴利
Atha kho tesaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho mahāsamaṇo uruvelakassape brahmacariyaṃ carati, udāhu uruvelakassapo mahāsamaṇe’’ti? Atha kho bhagavā tesaṃ cetoparivitakkamaññāya theraṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –
优楼频螺的居民啊,你究竟见到了什么,才舍弃了火供,成了个瘦弱的苦行者?
迦叶,我问你这件事:你的火供是怎么舍弃掉的?巴利
‘‘Kimeva disvā uruvelavāsi, pahāsi aggiṃ kisakovadāno; Pucchāmi taṃ kassapa etamatthaṃ, kathaṃ pahīnaṃ tava aggihutta’’nti. (mahāva. 55);
长老明白了世尊的心意,于是说道:巴利
Thero bhagavato adhippāyaṃ viditvā –
在诸色、诸声以及诸味中,人们贪求的女子和祭祀都被称赞。
了知这在诸依着中就是垢秽,因此不再贪着于祭祀与供奉。巴利
‘‘Rūpe ca sadde ca atho rase ca, kāmitthiyo cābhivadanti yaññā; Etaṃ malantī upadhīsu ñatvā, tasmā na yiṭṭhe na hute arañji’’nti. (mahāva. 55) –
说完这首偈颂后,为了表明自己是弟子,他以头礼拜如来的双足,说道:“尊者,世尊是我的导师,我是世尊的弟子。”然后他跃上一棵多罗树高、两棵多罗树高……乃至七棵多罗树高的虚空,共七次,示现神通变化,再从虚空降下,礼敬世尊,坐在一边。巴利
Imaṃ gāthaṃ vatvā attano sāvakabhāvappakāsanatthaṃ tathāgatassa pādesu sirasā nipatitvā – ‘‘satthā me, bhante, bhagavā, sāvakohamasmī’’ti vatvā ekatāladvitāla…pe… sattatālappamāṇaṃ vehāsaṃ sattakkhattuṃ abbhuggantvā pāṭihāriyaṃ katvā ākāsato oruyha bhagavantaṃ vanditvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
这时,大众看到那个神通变化,都说:“啊,佛陀真是有大神力!就连优楼频螺·迦叶这样执着己见、自以为‘我是阿罗汉’的人,也被如来调伏,打破了邪见之网。”他们就这样称扬十力世尊的功德。世尊听到这话后说:“我不只是现在调伏这个优楼频螺·迦叶,过去世他也曾被我调伏过。”于是大众从座位上起身,礼敬世尊,合掌举到头顶,这样说:“世尊,现在我们亲眼见到他被调伏了,可是过去世他是怎么被世尊调伏的呢?”于是,世尊应大众的请求,讲说了那被隔世因缘所隐覆的《大那罗陀迦叶本生》,接着开示了四圣谛。大众听了世尊说法后,频婆娑罗王与十一那由他大众一起证得入流果,另有一那由他大众发愿成为近事男。国王皈依三宝后,邀请世尊和比丘僧团第二天应供,然后右绕世尊三圈,礼敬而去。巴利
Atha kho mahājano tassa taṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ disvā – ‘‘aho mahānubhāvā buddhā nāma, evaṃ thāmagatadiṭṭhiko attānaṃ ‘arahā aha’nti maññamāno uruvelakassapopi diṭṭhijālaṃ bhinditvā tathāgatena damito’’ti dasabalassa guṇakathaṃ kathesi. Taṃ sutvā satthā – ‘‘nāhamidāniyeva imaṃ uruvelakassapaṃ damemi, atītepi esa mayā damitoyevā’’ti āha. Atha kho so mahājano uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ vanditvā sirasi añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamāha – ‘‘bhante, idāni amhehi esa damito diṭṭho, kathaṃ panesa atīte bhagavatā damito’’ti. Tato satthā tena mahājanena yācito bhavantarena paṭicchannaṃ mahānāradakassapajātakaṃ (jā. 2.22.1153) kathetvā cattāri ariyasaccāni pakāsesi. Tato satthu dhammakathaṃ sutvā rājā bimbisāro ekādasanahutehi saddhiṃ sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi, ekanahutaṃ upāsakattaṃ paṭivedesi. Rājā saraṇaṃ gantvā svātanāya bhagavantaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena nimantetvā bhagavantaṃ tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā vanditvā pakkāmi.
第二天,世尊由一千位比丘围绕,就像被风神众围绕的千眼天王,又像被梵众围绕的大梵天,进入了王舍城。国王供养了以佛陀为首的比丘僧团饮食。用餐结束后,他对世尊这样说:“尊者,我离开三宝就无法安住。不管是合适还是不合适的时候,我都会到世尊跟前。杖林实在太远了,而我们这座叫竹园的园林,对想要远离人群的修行者来说,不远也不近,来往方便,没有人群的嘈杂拥挤,具足远离的快乐,有树荫有水,清凉的岩石地面点缀其间,是极其殊胜宜人的地方,到处是芬芳的花朵和树木,还有悦意的殿堂、楼阁、天宫、精舍、半檐屋、讲堂等建筑装饰着。尊者,请世尊为我接受这座竹林园吧。”他用像新点燃的火炭一样的金瓶,取来被芬芳花香熏过、如宝石般色泽的水,在献出竹林园的同时,把水倒进十力世尊的手中。就在世尊接受这座园林的那一刻,大地仿佛欢喜得跳起舞来一般震动了,因为“佛陀教法的根本已经在这里扎下了”。在整个赡部洲,除了竹林大寺,再没有别的地方在布施住所时能让大地震动。随后,世尊接受了竹林园,并为国王随喜布施寺院的功德——巴利
Punadivase bhagavā bhikkhusahassaparivuto marugaṇaparivuto viya dasasatanayano devarājā, brahmagaṇaparivuto viya mahābrahmā rājagahaṃ pāvisi. Rājā buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dānaṃ datvā bhojanapariyosāne bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, tīṇi ratanāni vinā vasituṃ na sakkhissāmi, velāya vā avelāya vā bhagavato santikaṃ āgamissāmi, laṭṭhivanaṃ nāma atidūre, idaṃ pana amhākaṃ veḷuvanaṃ nāma uyyānaṃ pavivekakāmānaṃ nātidūraṃ naccāsannaṃ gamanāgamanasampannaṃ nijjanasambādhaṃ pavivekasukhaṃ chāyūdakasampannaṃ sītalasilātalasamalaṅkataṃ paramaramaṇīyabhūmibhāgaṃ surabhikusumataruvaranirantaraṃ ramaṇīyapāsādahammiyavimānavihāraḍḍhuyogamaṇḍapādipaṭimaṇḍitaṃ. Idaṃ me, bhante, bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu navatapanaṅgārasaṅkāsena suvaṇṇabhiṅgārena surabhikusumavāsitaṃ maṇivaṇṇaudakaṃ gahetvā veḷuvanārāmaṃ pariccajanto dasabalassa hatthe udakaṃ pātesi. Tasmiṃ ārāmapaṭiggahaṇe ‘‘buddhasāsanassa mūlāni otiṇṇānī’’ti pītivasaṃ gatā naccantī viya ayaṃ mahāpathavī kampi. Jambudīpe pana ṭhapetvā veḷuvanamahāvihāraṃ aññaṃ pathaviṃ kampetvā gahitasenāsanaṃ nāma natthi. Atha satthā veḷuvanārāmaṃ paṭiggahetvā rañño vihāradānānumodanamakāsi –
布施住所的功德,到底谁能说得尽呢?
除了佛陀——那些世间怙主——之外,即使具备那由他张嘴巴也说不尽。
他布施寿命、容貌、快乐和力量,还有殊胜、受人称赞的辩才。
人们说“他是在布施”,指的就是那个把精舍布施给僧团的人。
布施住所,能挡住寒冷等对生命的威胁;
因为他保护寿命,所以圣者们称他为寿命的给予者。
住在极热或极冷的地方,体力和容色与辩才都不会产生。
所以,布施精舍的人,确实是在布施力量、容貌和辩才。
在世间,苦来自寒冷、炎热、蛇蝎,以及风和日晒等等。
施与住处的人,恒常遮止种种苦,是安乐的给予者。
寒冷、炎热、风、日晒、蚊虻和雨水,以及蛇、猛兽、野兽等带来的痛苦;
因为施舍精舍的人能防止这些结,所以他来世会得到快乐。
以净信之心,满怀欢喜,布施一座令心意愉悦的精舍,作为“有”与受用的因;
谁把东西布施给那些以持戒等功德著称的人,他就被称为布施一切者。
他舍弃了悭吝的污垢和贪著,把住处布施给那些以功德为归宿的人。
他就像被他人抛向天界一样,按照所分配的在那里化生,心中没有忧愁。
如果有人想造一座殊胜、可爱又庄严的精舍,就该让人在那里建好,并让比丘们住在里面。
应当以清净的信心,经常恭敬地布施给他们食物、饮料和衣服。
因此,大王,在种种生命存在中享受了令人欢喜的财富之后,更应
因为布施精舍的果报,后来就能证得寂静、安乐、无忧的境界。巴利
‘‘Āvāsadānassa panānisaṃsaṃ, ko nāma vattuṃ, puriso samattho; Aññatra buddhā pana lokanāthā, yutto mukhānaṃ nahutena cāpi. ‘‘Āyuñca vaṇṇañca sukhaṃ balañca, varaṃ pasatthaṃ paṭibhānameva; Dadāti nāmāti pavuccate so, yo deti saṅghassa naro vihāraṃ. ‘‘Dātā nivāsassa nivāraṇassa, sītādino jīvitupaddavassa; Pāleti āyuṃ pana tassa yasmā, āyuppado hoti tamāhu santo. ‘‘Accuṇhasīte vasato nivāse, balañca vaṇṇo paṭibhā na hoti; Tasmā hi so deti vihāradātā, balañca vaṇṇaṃ paṭibhānameva. ‘‘Dukkhassa sītuṇhasarīsapā ca, vātātapādippabhavassa loke; Nivāraṇā nekavidhassa niccaṃ, sukhappado hoti vihāradātā. ‘‘Sītuṇhavātātapaḍaṃsavuṭṭhi , sarīsapāvāḷamigādidukkhaṃ; Yasmā nivāreti vihāradātā, tasmā sukhaṃ vindati so parattha. ‘‘Pasannacitto bhavabhogahetuṃ, manobhirāmaṃ mudito vihāraṃ; Yo deti sīlādiguṇoditānaṃ, sabbaṃ dado nāma pavuccate so. ‘‘Pahāya maccheramalaṃ salobhaṃ, guṇālayānaṃ nilayaṃ dadāti; Khittova so tattha parehi sagge, yathābhataṃ jāyati vītasoko. ‘‘Vare cārurūpe vihāre uḷāre, naro kāraye vāsaye tattha bhikkhū; Dadeyyannapānañca vatthañca nesaṃ, pasannena cittena sakkacca niccaṃ. ‘‘Tasmā mahārāja bhavesu bhoge, manorame paccanubhuyya bhiyyo; Vihāradānassa phalena santaṃ, sukhaṃ asokaṃ adhigaccha pacchā’’ti.
就这样,这位牟尼之王随喜了人王频婆娑罗布施精舍的功德后,从座位上起身,被比丘僧团围绕。他以自己极为夺目的身光,使城邑、林苑、宫殿等都变得像被金色溶液浇过的孔雀翎羽一样。他以无可比拟的佛陀威仪、无边的佛之祥瑞,走进了竹林大精舍。巴利
Iccevaṃ munirājā nararājassa bimbisārassa vihāradānānumodanaṃ katvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto paramadassanīyāya attano sarīrappabhāya suvaṇṇarasasekapiñcharāni viya nagaravanavimānādīni kurumāno anopamāya buddhalīḷāya anantāya buddhasiriyā veḷuvanamahāvihārameva pāvisīti.
如来住在竹林精舍这没有嬉闹喧哗的地方,那里令人心生欢喜;
这位智者以种种方式安住,观察着那些应当被教化的人。巴利
‘‘Akīḷane veḷuvane vihāre, tathāgato tattha manobhirāme; Nānāvihārena vihāsi dhīro, veneyyakānaṃ samudikkhamāno’’.
世尊就这样住在那里时,净饭大王听说:“我的儿子修了六年苦行,证得无上正觉,转起殊胜法轮之后,到了王舍城,住在竹林大精舍。”他于是叫来一位大臣,吩咐说:“来,你带一千个人去王舍城,用我的话告诉他:‘你的父亲净饭大王想见你。’然后把我儿子带回来。”大臣回答:“遵命,大王。”领了王命,就带着一千人上路,走了六十由旬的路程,在说法的时候进了精舍。他心想:“国王的嘱托先放一放。”就站在大众边上听导师说法。他就那样站着,和那一千人一起证得阿罗汉果,随即请求出家。世尊伸出手说:“来吧,比丘们。”就在那一刻,他们全都以神通化现的钵和衣披身,威仪具足,像出家六十年的长老一样,围绕在世尊身边。国王心想:“派去的人既不回来,也没消息传回来。”于是又用同样的方式,前后九次派大臣去。那九千个人里,没有一个人回来向国王报告,也没有一个人捎回消息。他们全都证得阿罗汉果,出家了。巴利
Athevaṃ bhagavati tasmiṃ viharante suddhodanamahārājā ‘‘putto me chabbassāni dukkarakārikaṃ katvā paramābhisambodhiṃ patvā pavattitavaradhammacakko rājagahaṃ patvā veḷuvanamahāvihāre viharatī’’ti sutvā aññataraṃ mahāmaccaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi, bhaṇe, purisasahassaparivāro rājagahaṃ gantvā mama vacanena ‘pitā vo suddhodanamahārājā taṃ daṭṭhukāmo’ti vatvā puttaṃ me gaṇhitvā ehī’’ti. So ‘‘sādhu, devā’’ti rañño paṭissuṇitvā purisasahassaparivāro saṭṭhiyojanamaggaṃ gantvā dhammadesanavelāya vihāraṃ pāvisi. So ‘‘tiṭṭhatu tāva raññā pahitasāsana’’nti parisapariyante ṭhito satthu dhammadesanaṃ sutvā yathāṭhitova saddhiṃ purisasahassena arahattaṃ patvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Bhagavā – ‘‘etha, bhikkhavo’’ti hatthaṃ pasāresi. Te sabbe taṅkhaṇaññeva iddhimayapattacīvaradharā vassasaṭṭhikattherā viya ākappasampannā hutvā bhagavantaṃ parivāresuṃ. Rājā ‘‘neva gato āgacchati, na ca sāsanaṃ suyyatī’’ti cintetvā teneva nīhārena navakkhattuṃ amacce pesesi. Tesu navasu purisasahassesu ekopi rañño nārocesi, na sāsanaṃ vā pahiṇi. Sabbe arahattaṃ patvāva pabbajiṃsu.
这时国王心想:“到底谁能替我传话呢?”他环视所有王室兵力,看见了优陀夷。据说这位优陀夷是国王身边能办成一切事情的大臣,是内廷亲信,深受信任,和菩萨同一天出生,是一起玩泥沙的伙伴。于是国王叫他过来,说:“亲爱的优陀夷,我想见我的儿子,派了九千名男子去,却没有一个人回来,连一句话都没捎回来。而且我什么时候会遇上性命危险,实在难说,我想活着见到儿子。你能让我见到儿子吗?”他回答:“大王,如果能让我出家,我就能办到。”国王说:“亲爱的,不管你出家还是不出家,只要让我见到儿子就行。”他说:“好的,大王。”领受了国王的吩咐后,优陀夷前往王舍城。听了世尊说法后,他和一千名男子一起证得阿罗汉果,安住在“善来比丘”的身份中。在颇求那月满月那天,他心想:“冬天已经过去,春天来了,森林丛中花开繁盛,道路适合出行,现在是十力者摄受亲族的时候了。”这样想过后,他来到世尊面前,用六十来首偈颂赞叹世尊返回故乡城市,称扬此行适宜。巴利
Atha rājā cintesi – ‘‘ko nu kho mama vacanaṃ karissatī’’ti sabbarājabalaṃ olokento udāyiṃ addasa. So kira rañño sabbatthasādhako amacco abbhantariko ativissāsiko bodhisattena saddhiṃ ekadivaseyeva jāto sahapaṃsukīḷito sahāyo. Atha naṃ rājā āmantesi – ‘‘tāta udāyi, ahaṃ mama puttaṃ daṭṭhukāmo navapurisasahassāni pesesiṃ, ekapurisopi āgantvā sāsanamattampi ārocetā natthi, dujjāno kho pana me jīvitantarāyo, ahaṃ jīvamānova puttaṃ daṭṭhumicchāmi. Sakkhissasi me puttaṃ dassetu’’nti? So ‘‘sakkhissāmi, deva, sace pabbajituṃ labhissāmī’’ti āha. ‘‘Tāta, tvaṃ pabbajitvā vā apabbajitvā vā mayhaṃ puttaṃ dassehī’’ti. So ‘‘sādhu, devā’’ti rañño sāsanaṃ ādāya rājagahaṃ gantvā satthu dhammadesanaṃ sutvā saddhiṃ purisasahassena arahattaṃ patvā ehibhikkhubhāve patiṭṭhāya phaggunīpuṇṇamāsiyaṃ cintesi – ‘‘atikkanto hemanto, vasantasamayo anuppatto, supupphitā vanasaṇḍā, paṭipajjanakkhamo maggo, kālo dasabalassa ñātisaṅgahaṃ kātu’’nti cintetvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā saṭṭhimattāhi gāthāhi bhagavato kulanagaraṃ gamanatthāya gamanavaṇṇaṃ vaṇṇesi –
尊者,如今那些树为了结果实,已经舍弃了叶子,像火一样红。
他们像火焰一样发光,大雄啊,这是光辉者们的时候。
树木色彩斑斓,光彩夺目,红色的嫩芽宛如新叶;
像宝石光辉般明亮的凉亭一样,大雄啊,这正是那些光辉者们应时的时刻。
树梢开满了花,花朵点缀其间,令人欢喜,洁净又芬芳。
两边的树木光彩夺目。大雄啊,这是光耀者们的时节。
有些树因为果实而变得丰饶,色彩斑斓的树木长在两边空地上;
他们能消除饥饿和口渴,大雄啊,现在是辉耀者们的时候了。
用洁净的嫩叶和缤纷的花环精心装点,就像孔雀展开的尾羽一样美丽。
树木在两边熠熠生辉,大雄啊,这正是辉耀者们的时节。
果实和嫩叶闪闪发亮,精心装点,具有芬芳的住处;
让长途跋涉而疲惫的众生心生欢喜,大雄啊,这正是光辉者们的时节。
藤蔓繁多,顶端开满花朵,依附在丛林深处,光彩夺目。
他们让众生满心欢喜,就像宝珠装饰的凉亭一样;大雄啊,这正是那些光辉者们的时节。
种种藤蔓依附在树上,就像妻子和心爱的人待在一起;
芬芳的香气确实在诱惑人,大雄啊,这正是辉煌者们的时节。
各种青蓝等颜色悦目的鸟儿,从四面八方一起婉转鸣唱;
歌声悦耳者们以欢喜让人满足,大雄啊,这正是光辉者们应时的时刻。
各种野兽光辉灿烂,耳朵高耸,眼睛令人欢喜;
时机已到,大雄啊,光辉者啊。
悦意的大地四周,光辉闪耀,一片翠绿,长满青草;
开满花的树像顶髻一样装饰着,大雄啊,这是阿耆罗们的时候。
细沙像珍珠一样铺得整整齐齐,安置得恰到好处,触感柔美舒适;
四面八方都光芒四射,大雄啊,这正是阿耆尼罗们应时的时刻。
平整、触感极舒适、地面洁净的区域,弥漫着令人愉悦的新生花朵香气;
这是大英雄、安格拉斯们的时刻,光辉、纯净的床与庄严。
就像一座精心布置的欢喜林园,点缀着种种奇妙的树丛。
芬芳的树林,极其可爱,大雄啊,这是光辉者们的时节。
湖泊色彩斑斓、各式各样,令人心生欢喜,青莲花和白莲花点缀得恰到好处。
清澈凉爽的美好之水盈满,大雄啊,光辉者的时节到了。
以种种盛开的莲花,光明照耀,散发清净香气。
大雄啊,这正是光辉者们令人们与诸天欢欣的时节。
群鸟坐在盛开的莲花上,从四周一起发出鸣叫声;
那些有妻子陪伴的,正享受欢愉;大雄啊,这正是光辉者们的时候。
蜜蜂采走盛开鲜花上的花粉,一边飞舞一边嗡嗡叫着;
花蜜的香气向四方飘散,大雄啊,这正是光辉者们的时候。
无与伦比的吼声与醉象,水流从山上奔泻而下;
河流奔腾,波光闪耀,大雄啊,这正是光辉者们的时节。
群山从四面清晰显现,颜色青蓝,就像孔雀的脖子一样。
各方闪耀光辉,就像众王一样;大雄啊,这正是光辉者们的时候。
成群的孔雀在山顶上,和雌孔雀一起跳舞嬉戏,
用各种甜美的声音鸣叫着,这是大雄和祖先们的时刻。
甜美的二生鸟,种类不一,惹人喜爱;斑斓的叶子光彩夺目;
它们站在山上放声鸣唱,大雄啊,这正是安格里萨们的时候。
被盛开的鲜花堆所覆盖,还点缀着各种芬芳的花瓣;
群山在四面八方闪耀,大雄啊,这正是辉煌者们的时节。
湖泊散发着各种宜人的香气,就像天帝园林里的池塘一样。
条条河流奔腾流淌,光辉灿烂,大雄啊,这正是辉煌者们的时节。
以五彩斑斓的河岸装饰着,还有各种可爱的鹿和鸟的网。
河流顺畅地流淌,闪闪发光,大雄啊,这正是光耀者们的时候。
两岸的水边,开满鲜花的树又美又香;
装饰的顶端和天女,哦大雄,这是光耀者们的时候。
遍布着芬芳的各种树木,像网一样交织,这片林苑绚丽多彩,就像欢喜园一样。
大雄啊,光辉者们的时节始终是令心生喜的道路。
各种清净的饮食和饮品都已备好,配上佐料,调入了美味的汤汁。
在路边村落里,这些东西都容易得到,又让人欢喜;大雄啊,这正是辉煌者们的好时候。
大地四周清净无染,为花座而具种种绚丽的色彩;
被红色因陀罗守护者们装扮得庄严的,正是大雄、光辉者们的时节。
具足清净信心等功德,渴望正觉者之王,
众多人从四面八方聚集到那里,大雄啊,这正是安吉拉萨们应受供养的时机。
各种园林和美丽的池塘,覆盖着种种不同的莲花;
从乳房里流淌出乳汁般的味道,大雄啊,这正是光辉者们的时候。
装饰着种种青色华盖,两旁是令人愉悦的树木;
拔地而起、众生之众所成的,大雄啊,这正是辉耀者们的时节。
就像一片铺展开来、色彩斑斓的青色云霞般的森林,又像天王世界中那欢喜园一样的森林;
一切季节里都美好、芳香、盛开的花,大雄、光辉者阿耆尼罗桑的时节到了。
在美好的道路上,每一由旬又一由旬处,村庄容易乞食,易得又令人欢喜。
人们熙熙攘攘,饮食容易得到,大雄啊,这正是阿耆尼罗(Angiras)的时节。
树荫充足,水源充足,环境宜人,能给居住的人带来一切安乐。
宽敞的厅堂和集会场所很多,这正是大雄、辉耀者(佛陀)的时节。
被五彩斑斓的各种树木丛林点缀着,还有怡人的园林和美丽的莲花池;
善妙芬芳已铺设,这正是大雄阿耆罗娑那的时节。
微风柔和清凉,令人舒适,天空的乌云从四面散去了;
所有方向都闪闪发光,这正是大英雄安格里萨(Angirasas)的时节。
仅为防止路上尘土扬起,细雨在夜里降下;
天空中,太阳柔和而温暖,这正是阿耆尼罗萨大英雄的时机。
流淌着狂汁的醉象群,与母象群一起尽情嬉戏;
四方奔跑并吼叫,大雄啊,这正是光耀者们的时候。
森林一片深青,看上去非常悦目,像青蓝色的云峰一样,成了令人欢喜的地方。
所见者极度惊叹,大雄啊,这正是光辉者们的时候。
纯净的云彩,极其美妙的虚空,就像用宝石装饰得处处华丽。
所有方向都光芒四射,大雄啊,这是央耆罗娑们(Angirasas)的时刻。
还有乾闼婆、持明者和紧那罗,用甜美的嗓音唱着优美的歌。
他们在那片极其可爱的林中游走,大雄啊,这正是光辉者们的时候。
这座树林,是那些害怕烦恼大军的人所依靠的,也是苦行僧众所常去的。
精舍与园林繁荣圆满,这正是大雄、光辉者的时节。
丰饶而有种种果实的林野,毫不杂乱,永远令人心生欢喜;
他们不断增强定与喜,大雄啊,这正是阿耆尼罗们的时节。
他们总是与某些人同坐,从一个村子到另一个村子,持续不断地住着。
在每一处纯净之地,都有殊胜的村庄;大雄啊,这正是鸯耆罗沙诸佛出世的时机。
衣服、饮食、床座,还有香料、花鬘和涂香;
在那里,人群繁荣而众多,大雄啊,这正是鸯耆罗沙族人的时机。
人们凭着福德的威力,达到了所有名声的顶峰,在那里快乐又富足。
拥有丰饶的财富,他们过着种种生活,大雄啊,这正是鸯耆罗沙们的时节。
天空中云的颜色非常纯净,月亮也照亮了各个方向,显得格外明亮。
夜里风也柔和清凉,大雄啊,这正是鸯耆罗沙族之子的好时候。
月亮升起时,所有人都满心欢喜,在自家的庭院里聊着各种趣事;
与亲爱的人一起欢庆吧,大雄啊,这正是鸯耆罗沙们的时节。
天空因月亮的光芒而闪耀,大地清净,颜色令人欢喜;
所有方向都清净明澈,大雄啊,这是鸯耆罗沙们的时刻。
远远看见那殊胜的月光后,大地上百花盛开。
四面八方渴望香德的人们,大雄啊,这正是鸯耆罗沙们的时节。
仿佛被月亮的光芒涂抹过,大地四周都用鲜花装饰起来;
就像全身缀满鲜花的女子一样光彩夺目,大雄啊,这正是鸯耆罗沙族人的时节。
大象也因发情而沉醉狂乱、吼叫,四周还有羽色斑斓的鸟儿;
它们在这片极其可爱的林野中发出吼声,大雄啊,这正是鸯耆罗沙们的时候。
还有所有适于通行的道路,以及富足强盛、拥有财谷受用的国土;
具足一切自在、能给予一切安乐,鸯耆罗沙族大雄的时机。
整片树林色彩斑斓,就像精心布置的欢喜园一样;
那些修行者时时刻刻生起持续的喜悦,大雄啊,这是鸯耆罗沙族的时节。
这座名为迦毗罗卫的城市,就像天城一样庄严美丽,令人心生喜悦。
在这里,这座荣耀的族城;大雄啊,正是鸯耆罗沙族人的时机。
悦意的楼台装饰着种种美妙的形色,盛开的莲花丛点缀其间。
这座城有种种护城河环绕,极其悦意可人;大雄啊,这正是鸯耆罗沙族人的时机。
彩绘的城墙和牌楼,美丽的庭院,是神灵居住的地方;
可爱的街道宛如天界,大雄啊,这正是鸯耆罗沙们的时候。
释迦族的王子们打扮得漂漂亮亮,佩戴着最上等的饰品,光彩照人。
就像天帝界中的天子们一样,大雄啊,这正是鸯耆罗沙们的时节。
净饭王为了见到最殊胜的牟尼,把大臣的儿子们分成十队,派他们前去。
大雄啊,牟尼之王带着强大的力量,这正是鸯耆罗沙族人的时机。
他既看不到来者,也听不到话语,这位人中豪杰已被忧愁压垮。
我希望获得人中之主的地位,大雄啊,现在是鸯耆罗沙族圣者们该出场的时候了。
以见彼故,乃前所未有喜悦之聚,仰望两足者中之至尊。
大雄啊,请让那位功德最胜的牟尼之王欢喜,这正是鸯耆罗沙们的时机。
依靠希望,田地被耕;依靠希望,种子被播下。
商人们怀着希望,为了求取财富才出海远航。
我依靠什么期望而安住,愿我这个期望能够实现。
不太冷也不太热,没有严重的饥荒和饥饿;
大地青翠润泽,大牟尼啊,现在正是时候。巴利
‘‘Aṅgārino dāni dumā bhadante, phalesino chadanaṃ vippahāya; Te accimantova pabhāsayanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Dumā vicittā suvirājamānā, rattaṅkureheva ca pallavehi; Ratanujjalamaṇḍapasannibhāsā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Supupphitaggā kusumehi bhūsitā, manuññabhūtā sucisādhugandhā; Rukkhā virocanti ubhosu passesu, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Phalehinekehi samiddhibhūtā, vicittarukkhā ubhatovakāse; Khuddaṃ pipāsampi vinodayanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Vicittamālā sucipallavehi, susajjitā morakalāpasannibhā; Rukkhā virocanti ubhosu passesu, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Virocamānā phalapallavehi, susajjitā vāsanivāsabhūtā; Tosenti addhānakilantasatte, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Suphullitaggā vanagumbanissitā, latā anekā suvirājamānā; Tosenti satte maṇimaṇḍapāva, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Latā anekā dumanissitāva, piyehi saddhiṃ sahitā vadhūva; Palobhayantī hi sugandhagandhā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Vicittanīlādimanuññavaṇṇā , dijā samantā abhikūjamānā; Tosenti mañjussaratā ratīhi, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Migā ca nānā suvirājamānā, uttuṅgakaṇṇā ca manuññanettā; Disā samantā mabhidhāvayanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Manuññabhūtā ca mahī samantā, virājamānā haritāva saddalā; Supupphirukkhā moḷinivalaṅkatā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Susajjitā muttamayāva vālukā, susaṇṭhitā cārusuphassadātā; Virocayanteva disā samantā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Samaṃ suphassaṃ sucibhūmibhāgaṃ, manuññapupphodayagandhavāsitaṃ; Virājamānaṃ sucimañca sobhaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Susajjitaṃ nandanakānanaṃva, vicittanānādumasaṇḍamaṇḍitaṃ; Sugandhabhūtaṃ pavanaṃ surammaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Sarā vicittā vividhā manoramā, susajjitā paṅkajapuṇḍarīkā; Pasannasītodakacārupuṇṇā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Suphullanānāvidhapaṅkajehi , virājamānā sucigandhagandhā; Pamodayanteva narāmarānaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Suphullapaṅkeruhasannisinnā, dijā samantā mabhinādayantā; Modanti bhariyāhi samaṅgino te, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Suphullapupphehi rajaṃ gahetvā, alī vidhāvanti vikūjamānā; Madhumhi gandho vidisaṃ pavāyati, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Abhinnanādā madavāraṇā ca, girīhi dhāvanti ca vāridhārā; Savanti najjo suvirājitāva samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Girī samantāva padissamānā, mayūragīvā iva nīlavaṇṇā; Disā rajindāva virocayanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Mayūrasaṅghā girimuddhanasmiṃ, naccanti nārīhi samaṅgibhūtā; Kūjanti nānāmadhurassarehi, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Suvādikā nekadijā manuññā, vicittapattehi virājamānā; Girimhi ṭhatvā abhinādayanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Suphullapupphākaramābhikiṇṇā , sugandhanānādalalaṅkatā ca; Girī virocanti disā samantā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Jalāsayā nekasugandhagandhā, surindauyyānajalāsayāva; Savanti najjo suvirājamānā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Vicittatitthehi alaṅkatā ca, manuññanānāmigapakkhipāsā; Najjo virocanti susandamānā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Ubhosu passesu jalāsayesu, supupphitā cārusugandharukkhā; Vibhūsitaggā surasundarī ca, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Sugandhanānādumajālakiṇṇaṃ , vanaṃ vicittaṃ suranandanaṃva; Manobhirāmaṃ satataṃ gatīnaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Sampannanānāsuciannapānā, sabyañjanā sādurasena yuttā; Pathesu gāme sulabhā manuññā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Virājitā āsi mahī samantā, vicittavaṇṇā kusumāsanassa; Rattindagopehi alaṅkatāva samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Visuddhasaddhādiguṇehi yuttā, sambuddharājaṃ abhipatthayantā; Bahūhi tattheva janā samantā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Vicitraārāmasupokkharañño, vicitranānāpadumehi channā; Bhisehi khīraṃva rasaṃ pavāyati, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Vicitranīlacchadanenalaṅkatā, manuññarukkhā ubhatovakāse; Samuggatā sattasamūhabhūtā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Vicitranīlabbhamivāyataṃ vanaṃ, surindaloke iva nandanaṃ vanaṃ; Sabbotukaṃ sādhusugandhapupphaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Subhañjasaṃ yojanayojanesu, subhikkhagāmā sulabhā manuññā; Janābhikiṇṇā sulabhannapānā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Pahūtachāyūdakarammabhūtā, nivāsinaṃ sabbasukhappadātā; Visālasālā ca sabhā ca bahū, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Vicittanānādumasaṇḍamaṇḍitā, manuññauyyānasupokkharañño; Sumāpitā sādhusugandhagandhā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Vāto mudūsītalasādhurūpo, nabhā ca abbhā vigatā samantā; Disā ca sabbāva virocayanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Pathe rajonuggamanatthameva, rattiṃ pavassanti ca mandavuṭṭhī; Nabhe ca sūro mudukova tāpo, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Madappabāhā madahatthisaṅghā, kareṇusaṅghehi sukīḷayanti; Disā vidhāvanti ca gajjayantā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Vanaṃ sunīlaṃ abhidassanīyaṃ, nīlabbhakūṭaṃ iva rammabhūtaṃ; Vilokitānaṃ ativimhanīyaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Visuddhamabbhaṃ gaganaṃ surammaṃ, maṇimayehi samalaṅkatāva; Disā ca sabbā atirocayanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Gandhabbavijjādharakinnarā ca, sugītiyantā madhurassarena; Caranti tasmiṃ pavane suramme, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Kilesasaṅghassa bhitāsakehi, tapassisaṅghehi nisevitaṃ vanaṃ; Vihāraārāmasamiddhibhūtaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Samiddhinānāphalino vanantā, anākulā niccamanobhirammā; Samādhipītiṃ abhivaḍḍhayanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Nisevitaṃ nekadijehi niccaṃ, gāmena gāmaṃ satataṃ vasantā; Pure pure gāmavarā ca santi, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Vatthannapānaṃ sayanāsanañca, gandhañca mālañca vilepanañca; Tahiṃ samiddhā janatā bahū ca, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Puññiddhiyā sabbayasaggapattā, janā ca tasmiṃ sukhitā samiddhā; Pahūtabhogā vividhā vasanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Nabhe ca abbhā suvisuddhavaṇṇā, disā ca cando suvirājitova; Rattiñca vāto mudusītalo ca, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Canduggame sabbajanā pahaṭṭhā, sakaṅgaṇe citrakathā vadantā; Piyehi saddhiṃ abhimodayanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Candassa raṃsīhi nabhaṃ viroci, mahī ca saṃsuddhamanuññavaṇṇā; Disā ca sabbā parisuddharūpā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Dūre ca disvā varacandaraṃsiṃ, pupphiṃsu pupphāni mahītalasmiṃ; Samantato gandhaguṇatthikānaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Candassa raṃsīhi vilimpitāva, mahī samantā kusumenalaṅkatā; Viroci sabbaṅgasumālinīva, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Kucanti hatthīpi madena mattā, vicittapiñchā ca dijā samantā; Karonti nādaṃ pavane suramme, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Pathañca sabbaṃ paṭipajjanakkhamaṃ, iddhañca raṭṭhaṃ sadhanaṃ sabhogaṃ; Sabbatthutaṃ sabbasukhappadānaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Vanañca sabbaṃ suvicittarūpaṃ, sumāpitaṃ nandanakānanaṃva; Yatīna pītiṃ satataṃ janeti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Alaṅkataṃ devapuraṃva rammaṃ, kapīlavatthuṃ iti nāmadheyyaṃ; Kulanagaraṃ idha sassirikaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Manuññaaṭṭālavicittarūpaṃ, suphullapaṅkeruhasaṇḍamaṇḍitaṃ; Vicittaparikhāhi puraṃ surammaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Vicittapākārañca toraṇañca, subhaṅgaṇaṃ devanivāsabhūtaṃ; Manuññavīthi suralokasannibhaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Alaṅkatā sākiyarājaputtā, virājamānā varabhūsanehi; Surindaloke iva devaputtā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Suddhodano munivaraṃ abhidassanāya, amaccaputte dasadhā apesayi; Balena saddhiṃ mahatā muninda, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Nevāgataṃ passati neva vācaṃ, sokābhibhūtaṃ naravīraseṭṭhaṃ; Tosetumicchāmi narādhipattaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Taṃdassanenabbhutapītirāsi, udikkhamānaṃ dvipadānamindaṃ; Tosehi taṃ muninda guṇaseṭṭhaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ. ‘‘Āsāya kassate khettaṃ, bījaṃ āsāya vappati; Āsāya vāṇijā yanti, samuddaṃ dhanahārakā; Yāya āsāya tiṭṭhāmi, sā me āsā samijjhatu. ‘‘Nātisītaṃ nātiuṇhaṃ, nātidubbhikkhachātakaṃ; Saddalā haritā bhūmi, esa kālo mahāmunī’’ti.
这时,导师问他:“优陀夷,你为什么赞叹出行呢?”优陀夷答道:“尊者,您的父王净饭大王想见您,请您摄受亲族吧。”导师说:“好,优陀夷,我会摄受亲族。那么你去告诉比丘僧团,让他们做好出行准备。”那位长老应道:“好的,尊者。”随即通知了比丘僧团。巴利
Atha naṃ satthā – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, udāyi, gamanavaṇṇaṃ vaṇṇesī’’ti āha. ‘‘Bhante, tumhākaṃ pitā suddhodanamahārājā daṭṭhukāmo, karotha ñātakānaṃ saṅgaha’’nti āha. ‘‘Sādhu, udāyi, karissāmi ñātisaṅgahaṃ, tena hi bhikkhusaṅghassa ārocehi , gamiyavattaṃ pūressantī’’ti āha. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti thero bhikkhusaṅghassa ārocesi.
导师由来自鸯伽和摩揭陀国的一万名善男子,以及来自迦毗罗卫城的一万名善男子,总共两万名漏尽比丘围绕,从王舍城出发,每天走一由旬,经过两个月抵达了迦毗罗卫城。释迦族人在世尊刚抵达时,心想:“我们要去见亲族中最尊贵的人。”于是他们去察看世尊的住处,认定“尼拘律园很宜人”,便让人把一切都准备妥当,手拿香和花前去迎接,身上佩戴各种装饰,用香、花、香粉等供养,请世尊走在前面,一起前往尼拘律园。巴利
Satthā aṅgamagadhavāsīnaṃ kulaputtānaṃ dasahi sahassehi, kapilavatthuvāsīnaṃ dasahi sahassehīti sabbeheva vīsatiyā khīṇāsavabhikkhusahassehi parivuto rājagahā nikkhamitvā divase divase yojanaṃ yojanaṃ gacchanto dvīhi māsehi kapilavatthupuraṃ sampāpuṇi. Sākiyāpi anuppatteyeva bhagavati – ‘‘amhākaṃ ñātiseṭṭhaṃ passissāmā’’ti bhagavato vasanaṭṭhānaṃ vīmaṃsamānā ‘‘nigrodhasakkassārāmo ramaṇīyo’’ti sallakkhetvā sabbaṃ paṭijagganavidhiṃ kāretvā gandhapupphahatthā paccuggamanaṃ karontā sabbālaṅkārehi samalaṅkatagattā gandhapupphacuṇṇādīhi pūjayamānā bhagavantaṃ purakkhatvā nigrodhārāmameva agamaṃsu.
那时,世尊被两万名漏尽者围绕,坐在铺设好的殊胜佛座上。释迦族人却生来骄慢、傲慢固执,心想:“悉达多太子比我们年轻,是我们的幼弟、儿子、外甥、孙子。”于是对年轻的王子们说:“你们去礼拜,我们坐在你们后面。”他们这样坐定后,世尊观察他们心中的倾向,心想:“这些亲族因为自己年长资深,不肯礼拜我,他们并不知道佛陀是怎样的人、佛力是怎样的,也不知道佛陀如此、佛力如此。来吧,我要显示自己的佛力与神通力,示现神变:在虚空中化现一座遍及一万个轮围世界、全由众宝所成的经行道,在上面经行,观察大众的心意后再说法。”因此,结集者为显示世尊当时的思惟,这样说道:巴利
Tatra bhagavā vīsatiyā khīṇāsavasahassehi parivuto paññattavarabuddhāsane nisīdi. Sākiyā pana mānajātikā mānatthaddhā, ‘‘siddhatthakumāro amhehi daharataro, amhākaṃ kaniṭṭho bhātā, putto, bhāgineyyo, nattā’’ti cintetvā daharadahare rājakumāre āhaṃsu – ‘‘tumhe vandatha, mayaṃ tumhākaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito nisīdissāmā’’ti. Tesvevaṃ nisinnesu bhagavā tesaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ oloketvā – ‘‘ime ñātakā attano moghajiṇṇabhāvena na maṃ vandanti, na panete jānanti ‘buddho nāma kīdiso, buddhabalaṃ nāma kīdisa’nti vā, ‘buddho nāma ediso, buddhabalaṃ nāma edisa’nti vā, handāhaṃ attano buddhabalaṃ iddhibalañca dassento pāṭihāriyañca kareyyaṃ, ākāse dasasahassacakkavāḷavitthataṃ sabbaratanamayaṃ caṅkamaṃ māpetvā tattha caṅkamanto mahājanassa ajjhāsayaṃ oloketvā dhammañca deseyya’’nti cintesi. Tena vuttaṃ saṅgītikārakehi bhagavato parivitakkadassanatthaṃ –
这些天界与人间的人根本不知道,这位人中最殊胜的佛陀,究竟是怎样的一种存在。
神通力和智慧力是怎样的?佛陀利益世间之力又是怎样的?巴利
‘‘Na hete jānanti sadevamānusā, buddho ayaṃ kīdisako naruttamo; Iddhibalaṃ paññābalañca kīdisaṃ, buddhabalaṃ lokahitassa kīdisaṃ.
这些天与人并不知道,佛陀这位人中最胜者,就是这样。
神通力和智慧力就是这样,利益世间的佛力也是这样。巴利
‘‘Na hete jānanti sadevamānusā, buddho ayaṃ edisako naruttamo; Iddhibalaṃ paññābalañca edisaṃ, buddhabalaṃ lokahitassa edisaṃ.
来吧,我要展示那无与伦比的佛力。
我要在虚空中变化出一条用宝石装饰的经行处。巴利
‘‘Handāhaṃ dassayissāmi, buddhabalamanuttaraṃ; Caṅkamaṃ māpayissāmi, nabhe ratanamaṇḍita’’nti.
在这里,“他们并不知道”的意思就是:这些人确实不知道。“na”这个词表示否定。“hi”这个词是表示原因的虚词。因为在我的佛力和神力还没有显示出来的时候,我的这些亲戚等人、天与人并不知道“佛陀是这样的,神力是这样的”,所以我要显示自己的佛力和神力,这就是这句话的意思。关于“与诸天、众人一起”这里,“天”指的是化生的天众。与诸天在一起,就是“与天一起”。那些是谁?是人。与诸天在一起的正是人,所以叫“与诸天、众人一起”。另一种解释是,“天”指假名天,也就是净饭王。与净饭王这位王(即天)在一起,就是“与天一起”。“人”指亲戚等人。与天在一起的,就是与净饭王在一起的亲戚等人,所以叫“与诸天、众人一起”,意思是包括国王在内的这些我的亲戚等人,不知道我的力量。其余的天众也同样被包含在内。一切天众,因为具有“嬉戏”等含义,所以被称为“天”。所谓“嬉戏”,是就界的含义而说的,也就是游戏等。另一种解释是,诸天与人合在一起,就是“天与人”,与诸天、众人一起,就是“与天与人一起”。那些是谁?应当看作“世间”一词的省略。巴利
Tattha na hete jānantīti na hi ete jānanti. Na-kāro paṭisedhattho. Hi-kāro kāraṇatthe nipāto. Yasmā panete mama ñātiādayo devamanussā mayā buddhabale ca iddhibale ca anāvikate na jānanti ‘‘ediso buddho, edisaṃ iddhibala’’nti, tasmā ahaṃ mama buddhabalañca iddhibalañca dasseyyanti attho. Sadevamānusāti ettha devāti upapattidevā adhippetā. Saha devehīti sadevā. Ke te? Mānusā, sadevā eva mānusā sadevamānusā. Atha vā devoti sammutidevo, suddhodano rājā adhippeto. Saha devena raññā suddhodanenāti sadevā. Mānusāti ñātimānusā, sadevā sasuddhodanā mānusā sadevamānusā sarājāno vā ete mama ñātimānusā mama balaṃ na vijānantīti attho. Sesadevāpi saṅgahaṃ gacchantiyeva. Sabbepi devā devanaṭṭhena ‘‘devā’’ti vuccanti. Devanaṃ nāma dhātuattho kīḷādi. Atha vā devā ca mānusā ca devamānusā, saha devamānusehi sadevamānusā. Ke te? Lokāti vacanaseso daṭṭhabbo. Buddhoti catusaccadhamme buddho anubuddhoti buddho. Yathāha –
应当证知的已经证知,应当修习的也已经修习;
应当断除的,我已经断除了,所以,婆罗门,我是佛陀。巴利
‘‘Abhiññeyyaṃ abhiññātaṃ, bhāvetabbañca bhāvitaṃ; Pahātabbaṃ pahīnaṃ me, tasmā buddhosmi brāhmaṇā’’ti. (ma. ni. 2.399; su. ni. 563);
在这里,应当从主动语态的角度来理解“buddha”一词的成立。已经证得殊胜境界的天神和人们说“那位世尊确实是正自觉者”,像这样,因为觉悟了、了知了,所以称为佛陀。在这里,应当从被动语态的角度来理解“buddha”一词的成立。又或者,因为他拥有觉悟,所以称为佛陀,意思是“具有觉悟”。这一切都应当依据词源学来了知。“kīdisako”的意思是:什么样的人?像什么?与什么相似?什么颜色?什么形态?是高还是矮?巴利
Idha pana kattukārake buddhasaddasiddhi daṭṭhabbā. Adhigatavisesehi devamanussehi ‘‘sammāsambuddho vata so bhagavā’’ti evaṃ buddhattā ñātattā buddho. Idha kammakārake buddhasaddasiddhi daṭṭhabbā. Buddhamassa atthīti vā buddho, buddhavantoti attho. Taṃ sabbaṃ saddasatthānusārena veditabbaṃ. Kīdisakoti kīdiso kiṃsarikkhako kiṃsadiso kiṃvaṇṇo kiṃsaṇṭhāno dīgho vā rasso vāti attho.
“人中最胜”是指:在众人之中,或者在人当中,最为殊胜、最上等、最尊贵,所以叫“人中最胜”。“神通力”在这里,“成就”就是神通,从完成的意义和获得的意义来说,就是神通。或者说,众生依靠它而成就、增长、达到卓越的状态,所以叫神通。这神通有十种。正如所说的:巴利
Naruttamoti narānaṃ naresu vā uttamo pavaro seṭṭhoti naruttamo. Iddhibalanti ettha ijjhanaṃ iddhi nipphattiatthena paṭilābhaṭṭhena ca iddhi. Atha vā ijjhanti tāya sattā iddhā vuddhā ukkaṃsagatā hontīti iddhi. Sā pana dasavidhā hoti. Yathāha –
神通有十种。是哪十种呢?决意神通、变化神通、意所成神通、智遍满神通、定遍满神通、圣神通、业报所生神通、有福德者的神通、明所成神通,以及在各处以正精勤为缘而成就的神通。巴利
‘‘Iddhiyoti dasa iddhiyo. Katamā dasa? Adhiṭṭhānā iddhi, vikubbanā iddhi, manomayā iddhi, ñāṇavipphārā iddhi, samādhivipphārā iddhi, ariyā iddhi, kammavipākajā iddhi, puññavato iddhi, vijjāmayā iddhi, tattha tattha sammāpayogapaccayā ijjhanaṭṭhena iddhī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 3.10).
这些的差别是这样的:通常,一个人可以把心转向多个,或者转向一百个、一千个,转向之后用智慧决意“我变成多个”。(《无碍解道》3.10)这样分别开示的神变,因为是依靠决意而成就的,所以叫决意神变。它的含义是:先进入作为神通基础的第四禅,出定之后,如果想变成一百个,就用欲界的遍作心作意“我变成一百个,我变成一百个”,再进入作为神通基础的禅那,出定后再转向并决意,当决意心生起时,当下就变成一百个。变成一千个等等,也是同样的方法。巴利
Tāsaṃ idaṃ nānattaṃ – pakatiyā eko bahukaṃ āvajjeti, sataṃ vā sahassaṃ vā āvajjitvā ñāṇena adhiṭṭhāti ‘‘bahuko homī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 3.10) evaṃ vibhajitvā dassitā iddhi adhiṭṭhānavasena nipphannattā adhiṭṭhānā iddhi nāma. Tassāyamattho – abhiññāpādakaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā tato vuṭṭhāya sace sataṃ icchati ‘‘sataṃ homi, sataṃ homī’’ti kāmāvacaraparikammacittehi parikammaṃ katvā puna abhiññāpādakaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjitvā tato vuṭṭhāya puna āvajjitvā adhiṭṭhāti, adhiṭṭhānacittena saheva sataṃ hoti. Sahassādīsupi eseva nayo.
在这里,作为基础的禅那心以似相为所缘;遍作心则以百为所缘,或以千等数目中的某一种为所缘,而且这些所缘是按颜色来说的,不是按概念来说的。决意心也同样只以百为所缘,但它像安止心一样,紧接在种姓心之后生起,是色界第四禅那的心。然后,他舍弃原本的容貌,示现为童子相,或示现为龙相,或示现为金翅鸟相……乃至……也示现种种军队阵列。(《无碍解道》3.13)像这样所说的神变,因为是借着舍弃原本容貌而转变的方式运作,所以称为变化神变。巴利
Tattha pādakajjhānacittaṃ nimittārammaṇaṃ parikammacittāni satārammaṇāni vā sahassādīsu aññatarārammaṇāni vā, tāni ca kho vaṇṇavasena, no paṇṇattivasena. Adhiṭṭhānacittampi satārammaṇameva, taṃ pana appanācittaṃ viya gotrabhuanantarameva uppajjati rūpāvacaracatutthajhānikaṃ . So pana pakativaṇṇaṃ vijahitvā kumāravaṇṇaṃ vā dasseti nāgavaṇṇaṃ vā dasseti. Supaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ vā…pe… vividhampi senābyūhaṃ vā dassetīti (paṭi. ma. 3.13) evaṃ āgatā iddhi pakativaṇṇavijahanavikāravasena pavattattā vikubbaniddhi nāma.
在这里,比丘从自己的身体变化出另一个身体,有色,由心所成,四肢百节齐全,诸根完具。(《无碍解道》3.14)按照这种方式所说的神通,因为是在自身内部成就另一个由心所成的身体而运作,所以叫“意所成神通”。巴利
‘‘Idha bhikkhu imamhā kāyā aññaṃ kāyaṃ abhinimmināti rūpiṃ manomayaṃ sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṃ ahīnindriya’’nti (paṭi. ma. 3.14) iminā nayena āgatā iddhi sarīrasseva abbhantare aññassa manomayassa sarīrassa nipphattivasena pavattattā manomayiddhi nāma.
在智生起之前、之后,或者就在智生起的那一刻,依靠将来以那个生命体所证得的阿罗汉智的威力而产生的殊胜状态,就叫作智遍满神通。尊者薄拘罗和尊者桑基洽的智遍满神通,在这里应当讲述他们的事迹。巴利
Ñāṇuppattito pubbe vā pacchā vā taṅkhaṇe vā tena attabhāvena paṭilabhitabbaarahattañāṇānubhāvena nibbatto viseso ñāṇavipphāro iddhi nāma. Āyasmato bākulassa ca āyasmato saṃkiccassa ca ñāṇavipphārā iddhi, tesaṃ vatthu cettha kathetabbaṃ (a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.226).
在入定之前、出定之后,或者正在定中的那一刻,由止(奢摩他)的力量所产生的殊胜状态,就叫作“定遍满神通”。尊者舍利弗的定遍满神通(《优陀那》34)、尊者桑基瓦的定遍满神通(《中部注》1.507)、尊者卡努康丹尼亚的定遍满神通(《法句经注》1.卡努康丹尼亚长老事)、近事女乌达拉的定遍满神通(《法句经注》2.乌达拉近事女事;《增支部注》1.1.262)、近事女娑摩婆提的定遍满神通(《法句经注》1.娑摩婆提事;《增支部注》1.1.260-261)——这些事例本来应该在这里讲,但为了避免论著太过冗长,我没有展开。巴利
Samādhito pubbe vā pacchā vā taṅkhaṇe vā samathānubhāvena nibbatto viseso samādhivipphārā iddhi nāma. Āyasmato sāriputtassa samādhivipphārā iddhi (udā. 34), āyasmato sañjīvassa samādhivipphārā iddhi (ma. ni. 1.507), āyasmato khāṇukoṇḍaññassa samādhivipphārā iddhi (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.khāṇukoṇḍaññattheravatthu), uttarāya upāsikāya samādhivipphārā iddhi (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 2.uttarāupāsikāvatthu; a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.262), sāmāvatiyā upāsikāya samādhivipphārā iddhīti (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.sāmāvatīvatthu; a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.260-261) tesaṃ vatthūnettha kathetabbāni, ganthavitthāradosaparihāratthaṃ pana mayā na vitthāritāni.
什么是圣神通?在这里,如果比丘希望“对可厌的事物,安住在不厌想中”,他就能在那里安住在不厌想中;如果希望“对不可厌的事物,安住在厌想中”,他就能在那里安住在厌想中……中略……他在那里安住在舍中,具念、正知。(《无碍解道》3.17)这确实只有证得心自在的圣者们才能生起,所以称为圣神通。巴利
Katamā ariyā iddhi? Idha bhikkhu sace ākaṅkhati ‘‘paṭikkūle appaṭikkūlasaññī vihareyya’’nti appaṭikkūlasaññī tattha viharati, sace ākaṅkhati ‘‘appaṭikkūle paṭikkūlasaññī vihareyya’’nti paṭikkūlasaññī tattha viharati…pe… upekkhako tattha viharati sato sampajānoti (paṭi. ma. 3.17). Ayañhi cetovasippattānaṃ ariyānaṃyeva sambhavato ariyā iddhi nāma.
什么是业报生神通?所有鸟类、所有天人、初劫时期的人类,以及某些堕入恶趣的众生,能在空中飞行等能力,就叫业报生神通。什么是福报者神通?转轮王能带着四支军队在空中飞行。结发居士那里,曾出现一座八十肘高的金山。这就叫福报者神通。郭萨卡长者(《法句经注》1. 库姆巴郭萨卡长者事)虽然在七个地方被人谋害,却依然安然无恙,这就是福报者神通。门达卡长者(《法句经注》2. 门达卡长者事)在约八迦梨萨那么大的地方,出现了七宝所成的羊群,这就是福报者神通。巴利
Katamā kammavipākajā iddhi? Sabbesaṃ pakkhīnaṃ sabbesaṃ devānaṃ paṭhamakappikānaṃ manussānaṃ ekaccānañca vinipātikānaṃ vehāsagamanādikā kammavipākajā iddhi nāma. Katamā puññavato iddhi? Rājā cakkavattī vehāsaṃ gacchati saddhiṃ caturaṅginiyā senāya. Jaṭilakassa gahapatissa asītihattho suvaṇṇapabbato nibbatti. Ayaṃ puññavato iddhi nāma. Ghosakassa gahapatino (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.kumbhaghosakaseṭṭhivatthu) sattasu ṭhānesu māraṇatthāya upakkame katepi arogabhāvo puññavato iddhi. Meṇḍakaseṭṭhissa (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 2.meṇḍakaseṭṭhivatthu) aṭṭhakarīsamatte padese sattaratanamayānaṃ meṇḍakānaṃ pātubhāvo puññavato iddhi.
什么是明成神通?持明者诵持明咒之后,飞上空中,在虚空、半空中示现象……中略……也示现种种军队阵列(《无碍解道》3.18)。像这样由明咒所引生的神通,就叫明成神通。由造作各种业而生的殊胜状态,从“依靠正确的精勤作为因缘而成就”这个意义上说,就是神通——在各种情况下,依靠各种正确的精勤作为因缘而成就的,都叫神通。这十种神通的力量就叫神通力,意思是:他们不知道我的这种神通力。巴利
Katamā vijjāmayā iddhi? Vijjādharā vijjaṃ parijappitvā vehāsaṃ gacchanti, ākāse antalikkhe hatthimpi dassenti…pe… vividhampi senābyūhaṃ dassentīti (paṭi. ma. 3.18). Ādinayappavattā vijjāmayā iddhi nāma. Taṃ taṃ kammaṃ katvā nibbatto viseso ‘sammāpayogapaccayā ijjhanaṭṭhena iddhī’ti ayaṃ tattha tattha sammāpayogapaccayā ijjhanaṭṭhena iddhi nāma. Imissā dasavidhāya iddhiyā balaṃ iddhibalaṃ nāma, idaṃ mayhaṃ iddhibalaṃ na jānantīti attho (visuddhi. 2.375 ādayo).
慧力:这里特指能带来一切世间与出世间功德殊胜的阿拉汉道慧力,他们对此也不知道。有些人说:“这是对六种不共智的称呼,就是慧力。”佛力:这里所说的佛力,是指佛陀的威力,或者十力智。其中,十力智就是:处非处智、过去未来现在业报智、遍趣行智、种种界智、种种胜解智、意乐随眠智、对诸禅那解脱定等至的杂染清净出起的如实智、宿住随念智、死生智、漏尽智,这就是十种。这十种智的称呼就是佛力。如是:就是如此,或者这就是原文的读法。巴利
Paññābalanti sabbalokiyalokuttaraguṇavisesadāyakaṃ arahattamaggapaññābalaṃ adhippetaṃ, tampi ete na jānanti. Keci ‘‘channaṃ asādhāraṇañāṇānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ paññābala’’nti vadanti. Buddhabalanti ettha buddhabalaṃ nāma buddhānubhāvo, dasabalañāṇāni vā. Tattha dasabalañāṇāni nāma ṭhānāṭṭhānañāṇaṃ, atītānāgatapaccuppannakammavipākajānanañāṇaṃ, sabbatthagāminipaṭipadāñāṇaṃ, anekadhātunānādhātulokajānanañāṇaṃ, nānādhimuttikañāṇaṃ, āsayānusayañāṇaṃ, jhānavimokkhasamādhisamāpattīnaṃ saṃkilesavodānavuṭṭhānesu yathābhūtañāṇaṃ, pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇaṃ, cutūpapātañāṇaṃ, āsavakkhayañāṇanti imāni dasa. Imesaṃ dasannaṃ ñāṇānaṃ adhivacanaṃ buddhabalanti. Edisanti īdisaṃ, ayameva vā pāṭho.
“来吧”是表示放开的语气词。“我”是在指自己。这话说的是什么意思呢?因为我的这些亲族,既不知道佛力,也不知道佛陀的功德,只凭着自己这副徒然衰老的身躯,出于慢心,竟不向我这世间最尊最胜的人礼敬。所以他们高举着慢幢,我要把它折断,为了让他们礼敬,就要显示佛力——这就是这句话的意思。“我当显示”:就是我要显示。也有本子写作“我当显示”,意思一样。“佛力”:就是佛的威力,或者佛陀的殊胜智慧。“无上”:没有比这更高的。“经行处”:就是应当经行的地方。“我当化作”:就是我要化作。也有本子写作“我当化作经行处”,意思一样。“空中”:就是在虚空里。“一切宝庄严”:以一切能让人生起喜悦的宝物——珍珠、宝石、琉璃、螺贝、石板、珊瑚、银、金、猫眼石、赤珠,用这十种宝物庄严装饰的,就叫一切宝庄严,也就是那一切宝庄严的经行处。也有人读作“空中宝庄严”。巴利
Handāti vavassaggatthe nipāto. Ahanti attānaṃ niddisati. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yasmā panete mama ñātakā buddhabalaṃ vā buddhaguṇe vā na jānanti, kevalaṃ attano moghajiṇṇabhāvaṃ nissāya mānavasena sabbalokajeṭṭhaseṭṭhaṃ maṃ na vandanti. Tasmā tesaṃ mānaketu atthi, taṃ bhañjitvā vandanatthaṃ buddhabalaṃ dasseyyanti vuttaṃ hoti. Dassayissāmīti dasseyyaṃ. ‘‘Dassessāmī’’ti ca pāṭho, soyevattho. Buddhabalanti buddhānubhāvaṃ, buddhañāṇavisesaṃ vā. Anuttaranti niruttaraṃ. Caṅkamanti caṅkamitabbaṭṭhānaṃ vuccati. Māpayissāmīti māpeyyaṃ. ‘‘Caṅkamanaṃ māpessāmī’’ti ca pāṭho, soyevattho. Nabheti ākāse. Sabbaratanamaṇḍitanti sabbehi ratijananaṭṭhena ratanehi muttā-maṇi-veḷuriya-saṅkha-silā-pavāḷa-rajata-suvaṇṇa-masāragalla-lohitaṅkehi dasahi dasahi maṇḍito alaṅkato sabbaratanamaṇḍito, taṃ sabbaratanamaṇḍitaṃ. ‘‘Nabhe ratanamaṇḍita’’nti paṭhanti keci.
世尊才刚这样一想,一万个轮围世界里的地居天等天人立刻满心欢喜,齐声赞叹“善哉”。结集经典的诸位大德为了说明这件事,说了下面的话:巴利
Athevaṃ bhagavatā cintitamatte dasasahassacakkavāḷavāsino bhummādayo devā pamuditahadayā sādhukāramadaṃsu. Tamatthaṃ pakāsentehi saṅgītikārakehi –
地居天、四大王天、三十三天、夜摩天、兜率天、化乐天,
他化自在天的天众,以及梵身天的天众,也都满心欢喜,发出宏大的声音。巴利
‘‘Bhummā mahārājikā tāvatiṃsā, yāmā ca devā tusitā ca nimmitā; Paranimmitā yepi ca brahmakāyikā, ānanditā vipulamakaṃsu ghosa’’nti. –
应当知道,这些是被安立为开头的偈颂。巴利
Ādigāthāyo ṭhapitāti veditabbā.
这里,“地居”指住在地上的天神,他们住在岩石、山、森林、树木等处。“属大王众”指属于大王一类的天神。住在地上的天神发出声音后,住在虚空的天神听到了,接着是卷云天的天神,接着是热云天的天神,接着是冷云天的天神,接着是雨云天的天神,接着是风云天的天神,接着是四大天王,接着是三十三天,接着是夜摩天,接着是兜率天,接着是化乐天,接着是他化自在天,接着是梵众天,接着是梵辅天,接着是大梵天,接着是少光天,接着是无量光天,接着是光音天,接着是少净天,接着是无量净天,接着是遍净天,接着是广果天,接着是无烦天,接着是无热天,接着是善现天,接着是善见天,接着是色究竟天的天神听到声音后,发出了巨大的声音。除了无想天和非色界的有情,在所有耳识生起之处,一切天神、人、龙等众心生喜乐,发出欢呼声,这是此句之义。“欢喜”:内心极其愉悦,喜悦与满足生起。“广大”:辽阔、宽广。巴利
Tattha bhummāti bhummaṭṭhā, pāsāṇapabbatavanarukkhādīsu ṭhitā. Mahārājikāti mahārājapakkhikā. Bhummaṭṭhānaṃ devatānaṃ saddaṃ sutvā ākāsaṭṭhakadevatā, tato abbhavalāhakā devatā, tato uṇhavalāhakā devatā, tato sītavalāhakā devatā, tato vassavalāhakā devatā, tato vātavalāhakā devatā, tato cattāro mahārājāno, tato tāvatiṃsā, tato yāmā, tato tusitā, tato nimmānaratī, tato paranimmitavasavattī, tato brahmakāyikā, tato brahmapurohitā, tato mahābrahmāno, tato parittābhā, tato appamāṇābhā, tato ābhassarā, tato parittasubhā, tato appamāṇasubhā, tato subhakiṇhā, tato vehapphalā, tato avihā, tato atappā, tato sudassā, tato sudassī, tato akaniṭṭhā devatā saddaṃ sutvā mahantaṃ saddaṃ akaṃsu. Asaññino ca arūpāvacarasatte ca ṭhapetvā sotāyatanapavattiṭṭhāne sabbe devamanussanāgādayo pītivasaṃ gatahadayā ukkuṭṭhisaddamakaṃsūti attho. Ānanditāti pamuditahadayā, sañjātapītisomanassā hutvāti attho. Vipulanti puthulaṃ.
这时,导师刚想完,就立刻进入白遍定,并决意:“愿在十个轮围世界的范围内,光明将出现!”随着这个决意心一起,光明就同时出现了,从大地一直延伸到阿迦腻咤天界。因此这样说:巴利
Atha satthā cintitasamanantarameva odātakasiṇasamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā – ‘‘dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu āloko hotū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi. Tena adhiṭṭhānacittena saheva āloko ahosi pathavito paṭṭhāya yāva akaniṭṭhabhavanā. Tena vuttaṃ –
大地连同天界都被照亮了,广阔无边的世界间隙也毫无遮蔽。
那时,浓重的黑暗已被驱散,因为见到了不可思议的神变。巴利
‘‘Obhāsitā ca pathavī sadevakā, puthū ca lokantarikā asaṃvutā; Tamo ca tibbo vihato tadā ahu, disvāna accherakaṃ pāṭihīra’’nti.
这里,“被照亮”就是被照亮、被显现的意思。“地”在这里有四种:硬地、积聚地、相地、假名地。其中,在《分别论》里所说“诸贤,什么是内的地界?即内在的、自身的、硬的和坚硬的东西”等等,这里说的是硬地。在《波逸提》里所说“若有比丘挖掘地或叫人挖掘地”等等,说的是积聚地,也就是头发等二十种身体部分,以及铁、铜等外界之物;这些和颜色等成分一起,合称为积聚地。在《长部》里所说“有人认知地遍”等等,说的是相地,也叫所缘地。证得地遍禅那的人投生到天界后,因为投生而来,就得到“地天”这个名字。正如经中所说“水、天、地”等等,这里说的是假名地,应当知道也叫施设地。但在这里,指的是积聚地。巴利
Tattha obhāsitāti pakāsitā. Pathavīti etthāyaṃ pathavī catubbidhā – kakkhaḷapathavī, sasambhārapathavī, nimittapathavī, sammutipathavīti. Tāsu ‘‘katamā cāvuso, ajjhattikā pathavīdhātu? Yaṃ ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ kakkhaḷaṃ kharigata’’ntiādīsu (vibha. 173) vuttā ayaṃ kakkhaḷapathavī nāma. ‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu pathaviṃ khaṇeyya vā khaṇāpeyya vā’’tiādīsu (pāci. 85) vuttā sasambhārapathavī, ye ca kesādayo vīsati koṭṭhāsā, ayolohādayo ca bāhirā; sāpi vaṇṇādīhi sambhārehi saddhiṃ pathavīti sasambhārapathavī nāma. ‘‘Pathavīkasiṇameko sañjānātī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.360) nimittapathavī ‘‘ārammaṇapathavī’’tipi vuccati. Pathavīkasiṇajhānalābhī devaloke nibbatto āgamanavasena ‘‘pathavīdevo’’ti nāmaṃ labhati. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘āpo ca devā pathavī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.340) ayaṃ sammutipathavī, paññattipathavī nāmāti veditabbā. Idha pana sasambhārapathavī adhippetā (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.2 pathavīvāravaṇṇanā).
“与诸天同在”指包括天界。“与诸天同在”若另有文本作“sadevatā”,那就更好,意思是与诸天同在的人间被照亮了。“众多”就是很多。“世界中间”是阿修罗身地狱的称呼。每三个轮围世界之间就有一处世界中间,就像三个车轮互相紧挨着、中间留出的空隙一样;每一处世界中间地狱,大小是八千由旬。“无遮覆”指下方没有依托。“以及黑暗”就是黑暗。“浓厚”指稠密、深厚。因为没有日月的光明,所以永远是黑暗。“被消除”就是被驱散。“那时”:当世尊出于对众生的悲悯、为了示现神通而放出光明时,那时那浓厚地存在于世界中间地狱的黑暗就被消除、被驱散了。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
Sadevakāti sadevalokā. ‘‘Sadevatā’’tipi pāṭho atthi ce sundarataraṃ, sadevako manussaloko obhāsitoti attho. Puthūti bahū. Lokantarikāti asurakāyanarakānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ, tā pana tiṇṇaṃ cakkavāḷānaṃ antarā ekā lokantarikā hoti, tiṇṇaṃ sakaṭacakkānaṃ aññamaññaṃ āhacca ṭhitānaṃ majjhe okāso viya ekeko lokantarikanirayo, parimāṇato aṭṭhayojanasahasso hoti. Asaṃvutāti heṭṭhā appatiṭṭhā. Tamo cāti andhakāro. Tibboti bahalo ghano. Candimasūriyālokābhāvato niccandhakārova hoti. Vihatoti viddhasto. Tadāti yadā pana bhagavā sattesu kāruññataṃ paṭicca pāṭihāriyakaraṇatthaṃ ālokaṃ phari, tadā so tamo tibbo lokantarikāsu ṭhito, vihato viddhasto ahosīti attho.
“不可思议”是指值得像弹指那样赞叹,也就是因为令人惊叹,所以值得用手指弹击赞叹。所谓“神变”,是因为能破除对立违碍,所以叫神变;或者是因为能折伏众生心中由邪见和骄慢所生的心念,所以叫神变;又或者是因为能让尚未生起净信的众生转而生起净信,所以叫神变。也有写成“pāṭihera”的读法,意思完全一样。在这里,这是对某种特殊光明示现方式的称呼。在“见到不可思议的神变”这一句中,应当把“天、人,以及投生在世界中间的有情,见到世尊的这个神变后,都生起了极大的欢喜和喜悦”这段话引进来理解,否则前后文就接不上。巴利
Accherakanti accharāpaharaṇayoggaṃ, vimhayavasena aṅgulīhi paharaṇayogganti attho. Pāṭihīranti paṭipakkhaharaṇato pāṭihīraṃ. Paṭiharati sattānaṃ diṭṭhimānopagatāni cittānīti vā pāṭihīraṃ, appasannānaṃ sattānaṃ pasādaṃ paṭiāharatīti vā pāṭihīraṃ. ‘‘Pāṭihera’’ntipi pāṭho, soyevattho. Ettha ālokavidhānavisesassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Disvāna accherakaṃpāṭihīranti ettha devā ca manussā ca lokantarikāsu nibbattasattāpi ca taṃ bhagavato pāṭihāriyaṃ disvā paramappītisomanassaṃ agamaṃsūti idaṃ vacanaṃ āharitvā attho daṭṭhabbo, itarathā na pubbena vā paraṃ, na parena vā pubbaṃ yujjati.
现在,不只是人间有光,而是在一切世间——也就是三种行、有情、空间所组成的世间——到处都只有光。为了说明这一点:巴利
Idāni na kevalaṃ manussalokesuyeva āloko atthi, sabbattha tividhepi saṅkhārasattokāsasaṅkhāte loke ālokoyevāti dassanatthaṃ –
有天神、乾闼婆、人和罗刹的世间,
殊胜、广大的光明生起了。
在这个世间和他方世间,这两者之中,
向下、向上以及横向,都已广阔展开——这就是所说的偈颂。巴利
‘‘Sadevagandhabbamanussarakkhase, Ābhā uḷārā vipulā ajāyatha; Imasmiṃ loke parasmiñcobhayasmiṃ, Adho ca uddhaṃ tiriyañca vitthata’’nti. – ayaṃ gāthā vuttā;
这里说的“天”,包括假名天、化生天和清净天,也就是把所有的天都包含在内了。天、乾闼婆、人和罗刹,合在一起就是“天乾闼婆人罗刹”。“连同天乾闼婆人罗刹在一起”,那个东西又是什么呢?就是世间,也就是那个包含天、乾闼婆、人和罗刹的世间。“光明”就是光亮。“宏大”这个词,在这里可以看到它被用在甘美、最上、广大等不同的意思上。比如在“他们吃、嚼宏大的嚼食和啖食”这类经文里,是指甘美;在“婆蹉亚那尊者以宏大的称赞来称赞沙门乔达摩”这类经文里,是指最上;在“超越了诸天的天威,出现了无量、宏大的光明”这类经文里,是指广大。而在这里,应当把它理解为最上的意思。“广大”就是无量。“生起”就是产生、出现、生起了。“在这个世界和他方世界”,意思是在这个人界和除此之外的天界。“两者”就是指那两者,应当像理解“内与外”那样来理解。“向下”是指在无间地狱等那些地狱里。“向上”是指从有顶天再往上,直到无依的虚空。“及横向”是指在横向上,遍及一万个轮围世界。“已展开”就是已经遍满。意思是:那光明破除了黑暗,覆盖了前面所说的世间和区域之后,就那样现起了。或者也可以把“及横向已展开”理解为:在横向上遍满的、极其广大无量的范围,光明遍照而安住在那里。巴利
Tattha devāti sammutidevā upapattidevā visuddhidevāti sabbepi devā idha saṅgahitā. Devā ca gandhabbā ca manussā ca rakkhasā ca devagandhabbamanussarakkhasā. Saha devagandhabbamanussarakkhasehīti sadevagandhabbamanussarakkhaso. Ko pana so? Loko, tasmiṃ sadevagandhabbamanussarakkhase loke. Ābhāti āloko. Uḷārāti etthāyaṃ uḷāra-saddo madhuraseṭṭhavipulādīsu dissati. Tathā hesa ‘‘uḷārāni khādanīyabhojanīyāni khādanti bhuñjantī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.366) madhure dissati. ‘‘Uḷārāya kho pana bhavaṃ vacchāyano pasaṃsāya samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ pasaṃsatī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.288) seṭṭhe. ‘‘Atikkamma devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.32; ma. ni. 3.201) vipule. Svāyaṃ idha seṭṭhe daṭṭhabbo (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 3.142; vi. va. aṭṭha. 1). Vipulāti appamāṇā. Ajāyathāti uppajji udapādi pavattittha. Imasmiṃ loke parasmiñcāti imasmiṃ manussaloke ca parasmiṃ devaloke cāti attho. Ubhayasminti tadubhayasmiṃ, ajjhattabahiddhādīsu viya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Adho cāti avīciādīsu nirayesu. Uddhanti bhavaggatopi uddhaṃ ajaṭākāsepi. Tiriyañcāti tiriyatopi dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu. Vitthatanti visaṭaṃ. Andhakāraṃ vidhamitvā vuttappakāraṃ lokañca padesañca ajjhottharitvā ābhā pavattitthāti attho. Atha vā tiriyañca vitthatanti tiriyato vitthataṃ mahantaṃ, appamāṇaṃ padesaṃ ābhā pharitvā aṭṭhāsīti attho.
这时,世尊让光明遍满一万个轮围世界,进入作为神通基础的第四禅那,从禅那出定后,作意并以决意之心升上虚空,就像把脚上的尘土撒向那些亲族的头顶一样,在广大的人天大众中间,展现双神变。这双神变应当依照圣典这样来理解(《无碍解道》1.116)——巴利
Atha bhagavā dasasahassacakkavāḷesu ālokapharaṇaṃ katvā abhiññāpādakaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā tato vuṭṭhāya āvajjitvā adhiṭṭhānacittena ākāsamabbhuggantvā tesaṃ ñātīnaṃ sīsesu pādapaṃsuṃ okiramāno viya mahatiyā devamanussaparisāya majjhe yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ dasseti. Taṃ pana pāḷito evaṃ veditabbaṃ (paṭi. ma. 1.116) –
什么是如来的双神变智?在这里,如来示现一种声闻弟子无法共有的双神变:从上半身喷出火聚,从下半身喷出水柱;从下半身喷出火聚,从上半身喷出水柱……从东半身喷出火聚,从西半身喷出水柱;从西半身喷出火聚,从东半身喷出水柱……从右眼喷出火聚,从左眼喷出水柱;从左眼喷出火聚,从右眼喷出水柱……从右耳孔喷出火聚,从左耳孔喷出水柱;从左耳孔喷出火聚,从右耳孔喷出水柱……从右鼻孔喷出火聚,从左鼻孔喷出水柱;从左鼻孔喷出火聚,从右鼻孔喷出水柱……从右肩顶喷出火聚,从左肩顶喷出水柱;从左肩顶喷出火聚,从右肩顶喷出水柱……从右手喷出火聚,从左手喷出水柱;从左手喷出火聚,从右手喷出水柱……从右侧喷出火聚,从左侧喷出水柱;从左侧喷出火聚,从右侧喷出水柱……从右脚喷出火聚,从左脚喷出水柱;从左脚喷出火聚,从右脚喷出水柱……从每一根手指喷出火聚,从手指之间的缝隙喷出水柱;从手指之间的缝隙喷出火聚,从每一根手指喷出水柱……从每一根身毛喷出火聚,从每一根身毛喷出水柱;从每一个毛孔喷出火聚,从每一个毛孔喷出水柱——呈现蓝、黄、红、白、深红、明亮六种颜色。巴利
‘‘Katamaṃ tathāgatassa yamakapāṭihīre ñāṇaṃ? Idha tathāgato yamakapāṭihīraṃ karoti asādhāraṇaṃ sāvakehi uparimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, heṭṭhimakāyato udakadhārā pavattati. Heṭṭhimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, uparimakāyato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… puratthimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, pacchimakāyato udakadhārā pavattati. Pacchimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, puratthimakāyato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… dakkhiṇaakkhito aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmaakkhito udakadhārā pavattati. Vāmaakkhito aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇaakkhito udakadhārā pavattati…pe… dakkhiṇakaṇṇasotato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmakaṇṇasotato udakadhārā pavattati. Vāmakaṇṇasotato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇakaṇṇasotato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… dakkhiṇanāsikāsotato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmanāsikāsotato udakadhārā pavattati. Vāmanāsikāsotato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇanāsikāsotato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… dakkhiṇaaṃsakūṭato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmaaṃsakūṭato udakadhārā pavattati. Vāmaaṃsakūṭato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇaaṃsakūṭato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… dakkhiṇahatthato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmahatthato udakadhārā pavattati. Vāmahatthato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇahatthato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… dakkhiṇapassato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmapassato udakadhārā pavattati. Vāmapassato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇapassato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… dakkhiṇapādato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmapādato udakadhārā pavattati. Vāmapādato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇapādato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… aṅgulaṅgulehi aggikkhandho pavattati, aṅgulantarikāhi udakadhārā pavattati. Aṅgulantarikāhi aggikkhandho pavattati, aṅgulaṅgulehi udakadhārā pavattati…pe… ekekalomato aggikkhandho pavattati, ekekalomato udakadhārā pavattati. Lomakūpato lomakūpato aggikkhandho pavattati, lomakūpato lomakūpato udakadhārā pavattati – channaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ nīlānaṃ pītakānaṃ lohitakānaṃ odātānaṃ mañjiṭṭhānaṃ pabhassarānaṃ.
世尊经行时,化现出来的那位就站着、或坐着、或躺下。世尊站着时,化现出来的那位就经行、或坐着、或躺下。世尊坐着时,化现出来的那位就经行、或站着、或躺下。世尊躺下时,化现出来的那位就经行、或站着、或坐着。化现出来的那位经行时,世尊就站着、或坐着、或躺下。化现出来的那位站着时,世尊就经行、或坐着、或躺下。化现出来的那位坐着时,世尊就经行、或站着、或躺下。化现出来的那位躺下时,世尊就经行、或站着、或坐着。应当知道,这就是如来的双神变智。巴利
‘‘Bhagavā caṅkamati, nimmito tiṭṭhati vā nisīdati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Bhagavā tiṭṭhati, nimmito caṅkamati vā nisīdati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Bhagavā nisīdati, nimmito caṅkamati vā tiṭṭhati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Bhagavā seyyaṃ kappeti, nimmito caṅkamati vā tiṭṭhati vā nisīdati vā. Nimmito caṅkamati, bhagavā tiṭṭhati vā nisīdati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Nimmito tiṭṭhati, bhagavā caṅkamati vā nisīdati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Nimmito nisīdati, bhagavā caṅkamati vā tiṭṭhati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Nimmito seyyaṃ kappeti, bhagavā caṅkamati vā tiṭṭhati vā nisīdati vā, idaṃ tathāgatassa yamakapāṭihīre ñāṇanti veditabbaṃ’’.
这位世尊依靠火遍禅定的力量,从上半身不断涌出火聚;依靠水遍禅定的力量,从下半身不断涌出水柱。为了说明“水柱涌出的地方就有火聚涌出,火聚涌出的地方就有水柱涌出”,所以经文才说“从下半身涌出火聚,从上半身涌出水柱”,应当这样理解。剩下的文句也是同样的道理。不过在这里,火聚和水柱完全没有混杂在一起,水柱和火聚也是如此。至于那些光芒,后一道光跟前一道光一对一对地出现,看起来像是在同一刹那生起。但两种心识其实不可能在同一刹那生起,只是因为诸佛的有分心极其轻快,而且对五种方式已经修习到自在熟练,所以这些光芒看起来就像在同一刹那生起。不过,那光芒的作意、遍作、决意等心,还是各自分开的。为了青色光芒,世尊进入青遍禅定;为了黄色光芒等,世尊进入黄遍禅定等。巴利
Tassa pana bhagavato tejokasiṇasamāpattivasena uparimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati. Āpokasiṇasamāpattivasena heṭṭhimakāyato udakadhārā pavattatīti puna udakadhārāya pavattaṭṭhānato aggikkhandho pavattati, aggikkhandhassa pavattaṭṭhānato udakadhārā pavattatīti dassetuṃ, ‘‘heṭṭhimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, uparimakāyato udakadhārā pavattatī’’ti vuttanti veditabbā. Eseva nayo sesapadesupi. Aggikkhandho panettha udakadhārāya asammissova ahosi. Tathā udakadhārā aggikkhandhena. Rasmīsu pana dutiyā dutiyā rasmi purimāya purimāya yamakā viya ekakkhaṇe pavattati. Dvinnañca cittānaṃ ekakkhaṇe pavatti nāma natthi, buddhānaṃ pana bhavaṅgaparivāsassa lahukatāya pañcahākārehi ciṇṇavasitāya etā rasmiyo ekakkhaṇe viya pavattanti, tassā pana rasmiyā āvajjanaparikammādhiṭṭhānāni visuṃyeva. Nīlarasmiatthāya hi bhagavā nīlakasiṇaṃ samāpajjati. Pītarasmiādīnaṃ atthāya pītakasiṇādīni samāpajjati.
当世尊这样施展双神变的时候,整个一万个轮围世界都像是进入了装饰打扮的时刻。因此才这样说:巴利
Evaṃ bhagavato yamakapāṭihīre kayiramāne sakalassāpi dasasahassacakkavāḷassa alaṅkārakaraṇakālo viya ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –
在一切众生中最为殊胜、无与伦比的引导者,是曾为天与人所恭敬的导师。
具大威德、百福庄严的他,展现了不可思议的神变。巴利
‘‘Sattuttamo anadhivaro vināyako, satthā ahū devamanussapūjito; Mahānubhāvo satapuññalakkhaṇo, dassesi accherakaṃ pāṭihīra’’nti.
在这里,“众生中尊”是指:凭着自己持戒等功德,在一切众生当中最为上等、最为殊胜、最为尊贵,所以叫众生中尊;也可以理解为“众生里最上等的那一位”。其实“众生”也是“智慧”的别名,因为他以十力、四无畏、六不共智这些称为“智慧”的功德而最为殊胜、最为上等,所以叫众生中尊。或者按同格关系来解释,众生本身就是最上等的,所以叫众生中尊。如果是这样,按语法应该说成“最上众生”,因为“最上”一词有前置的用法。然而这种词序变化不能死板看待,因为本来就没有固定规则,而且这种用法很多,比如“人中最上”“人雄”“人胜”等词都是这样。或者也可以按多财释来理解:最上等的众生是属于他的,所以叫众生中尊,这里“最上”同样放在前面。即使像“最上众生”那样把定语放在前面来读,也像“心牛”“步牛”这些词一样,没有过失。再者,从持业释的角度,也应该像“置火者”这类词的读法来理解。
“调御者”:用种种调伏的方法来引导、调伏众生,所以叫调御者。“导师”:根据现世和来世的道理,随宜教导众生,所以叫导师。“曾有”:就是曾经存在。
“为天人所供养”:诸天以五种欲乐嬉戏游乐,所以叫天;因为思虑旺盛,所以叫人;天和人合称天人;为天人所供养,就是为天人所供养。以花香等供养,也以资具供养,受到尊敬,意思是被崇敬。
那为什么只提天人呢?难道世尊不也被畜生道的众生供养吗?比如阿罗婆迦、迦罗、阿波罗罗、陀那波罗、护粮象、毕楼陀象、波利雷耶迦象等龙,还有沙多祇罗、阿罗婆迦、醯摩婆多、苏支罗摩、迦罗罗摩等夜叉,乃至堕入恶趣的众生,也都供养世尊啊。确实如此,但应该知道,这是按最上层次和一切补特伽罗的界限来概括说的。
“具大威德”:具足广大的佛陀威德之力。“百福庄严”:在无量世界中,一切众生各自造作一福业百次,菩萨独自一人把这么多众生所造的业,以百倍的功德成就。所以叫“百福庄严”。不过有人说:“以百种福业各各成就一相。”如果这样,那任何人都可以成佛了,这种说法在义注中已被驳斥。
“展现了”:向一切天和人示现了极为稀有、令人惊叹的双神变。巴利
Tattha sattuttamoti attano sīlādīhi guṇehi sabbesu sattesu uttamo pavaro seṭṭhoti sattuttamo, sattānaṃ vā uttamo sattuttamo. Sattanti hi ñāṇassa nāmaṃ, tena dasabalacatuvesārajjachaasādhāraṇañāṇasaṅkhātena sattena seṭṭho uttamoti sattuttamo, samānādhikaraṇavasena satto uttamoti vā sattuttamo. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘uttamasatto’’ti vattabbaṃ uttama-saddassa pubbanipātapāṭhato. Na panesa bhedo aniyamato bahulavacanato ca naruttamapurisuttamanaravarādi-saddā viya daṭṭhabbo. Atha vā sattaṃ uttamaṃ yassa so sattuttamo, idhāpi ca uttama-saddassa pubbanipāto bhavati. Uttamasattoti visesanassa pubbanipātapāṭhato ‘‘cittagū paddhagū’’ti ettha viyāti nāyaṃ doso. Ubhayavisesanato vā āhitaggiādipāṭho viya daṭṭhabbo. Vināyakoti bahūhi vinayanūpāyehi satte vineti dametīti vināyako. Satthāti diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikatthehi yathārahaṃ satte anusāsatīti satthā. Ahūti ahosi. Devamanussapūjitoti dibbehi pañcakāmaguṇehi dibbanti kīḷantīti devā. Manassa ussannattā manussā, devā ca manussā ca devamanussā, devamanussehi pūjito devamanussapūjito. Pupphādipūjāya ca paccayapūjāya ca pūjito, apacitoti attho. Kasmā pana devamanussānameva gahaṇaṃ kataṃ, nanu bhagavā tiracchānagatehipi āravāḷakāḷāpalāladhanapālapālileyyakanāgādīhi sātāgirāḷavakahemavatasūcilomakharalomayakkhādīhi vinipātagatehipi pūjitoyevāti? Saccamevetaṃ, ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavasena sabbapuggalaparicchedavasena cetaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Mahānubhāvoti mahatā buddhānubhāvena samannāgato. Satapuññalakkhaṇoti anantesu cakkavāḷesu sabbe sattā ekekaṃ puññakammaṃ satakkhattuṃ kareyyuṃ ettakehi janehi katakammaṃ bodhisatto sayameva ekako sataguṇaṃ katvā nibbatto. Tasmā ‘‘satapuññalakkhaṇo’’ti vuccati. Keci pana ‘‘satena satena puññakammena nibbattaekekalakkhaṇo’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Evaṃ sante yo koci buddho bhaveyyā’’ti taṃ aṭṭhakathāsu paṭikkhittaṃ. Dassesīti sabbesaṃ devamanussānaṃ ativimhayakaraṃ yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ dassesi.
这时,导师在空中显现神通,观察大众的心念,想以经行的方式宣说契合他们根机的法语,于是就在空中化现出一座遍满一万个轮围世界、全部由各种珍宝构成的宝石经行处。因此这样说:巴利
Atha satthā ākāse pāṭihāriyaṃ katvā mahājanassa cittācāraṃ oloketvā tassa ajjhāsayānukūlaṃ dhammakathaṃ caṅkamanto kathetukāmo ākāse dasasahassacakkavāḷavitthataṃ sabbaratanamayaṃ ratanacaṅkamaṃ māpesi. Tena vuttaṃ –
他被天中胜者恳请后,具眼者观察了其中的意义,那时,人中最上者——
世间导师建起了一条经行处,它以众宝庄严,建造得极为精妙。巴利
‘‘So yācito devavarena cakkhumā, atthaṃ samekkhitvā tadā naruttamo; Caṅkamaṃ māpayi lokanāyako, suniṭṭhitaṃ sabbaratananimmita’’nti.
这里,“他”指导师。“被劝请”的意思是:在最初成道后的第八个七日,为了说法而受到劝请。“由最殊胜的天神”指被娑婆主梵天劝请。“具眼者”中,“眼”就是能看,“能辨明平等与不平等”就是它的意思。这眼有两种:智眼和肉眼。其中智眼有五种:佛眼、法眼、遍眼、天眼、慧眼。在这些当中,佛眼就是了知众生倾向与随眠烦恼的智慧,以及了知根器优劣的智慧,也就是经文里说的“以佛眼观察世间”。法眼就是下三道与三果,也就是经文里说的“远离尘垢、无瑕的法眼生起了”。遍眼就是一切知智,也就是经文里说的“善慧啊,你登上那如法所成的高楼,成为遍眼者”。天眼就是由光明增强而生起的神通心相应的智慧,也就是经文里说的“以清净的天眼”。慧眼就是在“眼生起了,智生起了”这里所说的宿住随念等智慧,称为慧眼。巴利
Tattha soti so satthā. Yācitoti paṭhamameva aṭṭhame sattāhe dhammadesanāya yācitoti attho. Devavarenāti sahampatibrahmunā. Cakkhumāti ettha cakkhatīti cakkhu, samavisamaṃ vibhāvayatīti attho. Taṃ pana cakkhu duvidhaṃ – ñāṇacakkhu, maṃsacakkhūti. Tattha ñāṇacakkhu pañcavidhaṃ – buddhacakkhu, dhammacakkhu, samantacakkhu, dibbacakkhu, paññācakkhūti. Tesu buddhacakkhu nāma āsayānusayañāṇañceva indriyaparopariyattañāṇañca, yaṃ ‘‘buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento’’ti (dī. ni. 2.69; ma. ni. 1.283; 2.339; saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 9) āgataṃ. Dhammacakkhu nāma heṭṭhimā tayo maggā tīṇi ca phalāni, yaṃ ‘‘virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādī’’ti (dī. ni. 1.355; saṃ. ni. 5.1081; mahāva. 16; paṭi. ma. 2.30) āgataṃ. Samantacakkhu nāma sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ , yaṃ ‘‘tathūpamaṃ dhammamayaṃ, sumedha, pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhū’’ti (dī. ni. 2.70; ma. ni. 1.282; 2.338; saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 8) āgataṃ. Dibbacakkhu nāma ālokavaḍḍhanena uppannābhiññācittena sampayuttañāṇaṃ, yaṃ ‘‘dibbena cakkhunā visuddhenā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.148, 284, 385, 432; 2.341; 3.82, 261; mahāva. 10) āgataṃ. Paññācakkhu nāma ‘‘cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.1082; mahāva. 15; kathā. 405; paṭi. ma. 2.30) ettha pubbenivāsādiñāṇaṃ paññācakkhūti āgataṃ.
所谓“肉眼”,在这里指的是经文“缘眼与色”等句中所说的净色之肉团眼。这种眼又分为两种:有资具眼和净色眼。其中,那位于眼窝之中、被眼球等围绕的肉团,里面有四大种、色、香、味、食素、命根、性根、眼净色、身净色,简要来说共有十三种成分。若详细来说,由四种原因所生的三十六种色法,再加上命根、性根、眼净色、身净色这四种业生色,就构成“有资具眼”。而在白轮所围的黑轮所环绕的瞳孔区域内,安住着能见色的纯粹净色,这叫做“净色眼”。不过,所有这些眼,从一种分类来看,都是无常的、有为的;从两种分类来看,可分为有漏与无漏、世间与出世间;从三种分类来看,可按地、执取、三性来区分;从四种分类来看,可按纯小、无量、不定所缘来区分;从五种分类来看,可按色、涅槃、无色、一切所缘、无所缘来区分;从六种分类来看,则按佛眼等来区分。如此,这些眼具有如上所说的种种差别。世尊因为具备这些眼,所以被称为“有眼者”。“观察了义利之后”,意思是:变现出行处,为了给天神与人类说法,审察并思量他们的利益。所谓“变现”,就是变化出来。“世间导者”,意思是引导世间众生趣向天界与解脱。“善安立”,就是妥善完成、圆满结束的意思。“一切宝所成”,就是用十种宝物所造。巴利
Maṃsacakkhu nāma ‘‘cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe cā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.204, 400; 3.421, 425-426; saṃ. ni. 2.43; 4.60; kathā. 465, 467) ettha pasādamaṃsacakkhu vuttaṃ (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.213). Taṃ pana duvidhaṃ – sasambhāracakkhu pasādacakkhūti. Tesu yvāyaṃ akkhikūpake akkhipattakehi parivārito maṃsapiṇḍo yattha catasso dhātuyo vaṇṇagandharasojā sambhavo jīvitaṃ bhāvo cakkhupasādo kāyapasādoti saṅkhepato terasa sambhārā honti. Vitthārato pana sambhavamānāni catusamuṭṭhānāni chattiṃsa jīvitaṃ bhāvo cakkhupasādo kāyapasādoti ime kammasamuṭṭhānā cattāro cāti sasambhārā honti, idaṃ sasambhāracakkhu nāma. Yaṃ pana setamaṇḍalaparicchinnena kaṇhamaṇḍalena parivārite diṭṭhamaṇḍale sanniviṭṭhaṃ rūpadassanasamatthaṃ pasādamattaṃ, idaṃ pasādacakkhu nāma. Sabbāni panetāni ekavidhāni aniccato saṅkhatato, duvidhāni sāsavānāsavato lokiyalokuttarato, tividhāni bhūmito upādiṇṇattikato, catubbidhāni ekantaparittaappamāṇāniyatārammaṇato, pañcavidhāni rūpanibbānārūpasabbārammaṇānārammaṇavasena, chabbidhāni honti buddhacakkhādivasena. Iccevametāni vuttappakārāni cakkhūni assa bhagavato santīti bhagavā cakkhumāti vuccati. Atthaṃ samekkhitvāti caṅkamaṃ māpetvā, dhammadesanānimittaṃ devamanussānaṃ hitatthaṃ upaparikkhitvā upadhāretvāti adhippāyo. Māpayīti māpesi. Lokanāyakoti saggamokkhābhimukhaṃ lokaṃ nayatīti lokanāyako. Suniṭṭhitanti suṭṭhu niṭṭhitaṃ, pariyositanti attho. Sabbaratananimmitanti dasavidharatanamayaṃ.
现在,为了显示世尊成就三种神变——巴利
Idāni bhagavato tividhapāṭihāriyasampattidassanatthaṃ –
神变、示导和教诫——在这三种神变中,世尊是得自在者。
世尊造了一座经行处,一切宝物所成,善加完成。这是所说的。巴利
‘‘Iddhī ca ādesanānusāsanī, tipāṭihīre bhagavā vasī ahu; Caṅkamaṃ māpayi lokanāyako, suniṭṭhitaṃ sabbaratananimmita’’nti. – vuttaṃ;
在这里,“神变”指的是种种神变,也叫神变神通。它是通过“一身变多身、多身变一身”等方式展现出来的。“示导”是指知道别人的心思之后说出来,这叫示导神通,这也是弟子和佛陀一直在做的说法方式。“教诫”就是教诫神通,意思是顺应每个人内心的倾向而给予教导。以上就是三种神通。其中,大目犍连常用神变配合教诫神通,法将舍利弗常用示导配合教诫神通,而教诫神通则是诸佛一直在做的说法方式。“于三种神通中”,就是指在这三种神通当中。“世尊”这个词,是对功德殊胜、最为尊贵者的尊称和敬称。古人也确实这样说过:巴利
Tattha iddhīti iddhividhaṃ iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ nāma. Taṃ pana ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hotītiādinayappavattaṃ (dī. ni. 1.239; ma. ni. 1.147; paṭi. ma. 3.10). Ādesanāti parassa cittācāraṃ ñatvā kathanaṃ ādesanāpāṭihāriyaṃ, taṃ sāvakānañca buddhānañca satatadhammadesanā. Anusāsanīti anusāsanipāṭihāriyaṃ, tassa tassa ajjhāsayānukūlamovādoti attho. Iti etāni tīṇi pāṭihāriyāni. Tattha iddhipāṭihāriyena anusāsanipāṭihāriyaṃ mahāmoggallānassa āciṇṇaṃ, ādesanāpāṭihāriyena anusāsanipāṭihāriyaṃ dhammasenāpatissa, anusāsanipāṭihāriyaṃ pana buddhānaṃ satatadhammadesanā. Tipāṭihīreti etesu tīsu pāṭihāriyesūti attho. Bhagavāti idaṃ guṇavisiṭṭhasattuttamagarugāravādhivacanaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ porāṇehi –
“世尊”这个称呼是最殊胜的,“世尊”这个称呼是最上的。
他与对尊师的恭敬相应,因此被称为世尊。巴利
‘‘Bhagavāti vacanaṃ seṭṭhaṃ, bhagavāti vacanamuttamaṃ; Garugāravayutto so, bhagavā tena vuccatī’’ti. (visuddhi. 1.142; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.mūlapariyāyasuttavaṇṇanā; pārā. aṭṭha. 1.1 verañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanā; itivu. aṭṭha. nidānavaṇṇanā; mahāni. aṭṭha. 50);
“得自在者”(vasī)的意思是:在这三种神变上都达到了自在,也就是已经熟练掌握了自在。所谓自在共有五种:转向自在、入定自在、决意自在、出定自在、省察自在。其中,对任何禅那都能随自己的意愿、随心所欲、想多久就多久地转向,而且转向时毫不迟滞,能迅速转向的能力,就叫作转向自在。同样,对任何禅那都能随自己的意愿……入定,入定时毫不迟滞,能迅速入定的能力,就叫作入定自在。能长时间安住的能力,就叫作决意自在。同样,能迅速出定的能力,就叫作出定自在。至于省察自在,省察的速行心紧接在转向心之后生起,所以它已经被转向自在所涵盖了。这样,在这五种自在上都达到纯熟,就叫作自在。因此说:“在三种神变中,世尊是得自在者。”巴利
Vasīti etasmiṃ tividhepi pāṭihāriye vasippatto, ciṇṇavasīti attho. Vasiyo nāma pañca vasiyo – āvajjanasamāpajjanaadhiṭṭhānavuṭṭhānapaccavekkhaṇasaṅkhātā. Tatra yaṃ yaṃ jhānaṃ yathicchakaṃ yadicchakaṃ yāvaticchakaṃ āvajjati āvajjanāya dandhāyitattaṃ natthīti sīghaṃ āvajjetuṃ samatthatā āvajjanavasī nāma. Tathā yaṃ yaṃ jhānaṃ yathicchakaṃ…pe… samāpajjati samāpajjanāya dandhāyitattaṃ natthīti sīghaṃ samāpajjanasamatthatā samāpajjanavasī nāma. Dīghaṃ kālaṃ ṭhapetuṃ samatthatā adhiṭṭhānavasī nāma. Tatheva lahuṃ vuṭṭhātuṃ samatthatā vuṭṭhānavasī nāma. Paccavekkhaṇavasī pana paccavekkhaṇajavanāneva honti tāni āvajjanānantarāneva hutvā uppajjantīti āvajjanavasiyā eva vuttāni. Iti imāsu pañcasu vasīsu ciṇṇavasitā vasī nāma hoti. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘tipāṭihīre bhagavā vasī ahū’’ti.
现在,为了说明他所化现的宝经行的化现方式——巴利
Idāni tassa ratanacaṅkamassa nimmitavidhānassa dassanatthaṃ –
在十千世界的范围内,在须弥山最高的地方;
他像柱子一样依次展示出来,在珍宝所成的经行处上。以上是开篇的偈颂,已经说了。巴利
‘‘Dasasahassīlokadhātuyā, sinerupabbatuttame; Thambheva dassesi paṭipāṭiyā, caṅkame ratanāmaye’’ti. – ādigāthāyo vuttā;
其中,“十千世界界”就是指一万个轮围世界。“须弥山最胜山”是指那座叫做大须弥的最胜之山。“如柱”的意思是:像柱子一样——把一万个轮围世界中所有的须弥山,按顺序排列,变成像黄金柱子一样,然后在它们上面化现出一条经行处来展示,这就是这句话的意思。“宝所成”就是由宝物所成。巴利
Tattha dasasahassīlokadhātuyāti dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu. Sinerupabbatuttameti mahāmerusaṅkhāte seṭṭhapabbate. Thambhevāti thambhe viya dasacakkavāḷasahassesu ye sinerupabbatā, te paṭipāṭiyā ṭhite suvaṇṇathambhe viya katvā tesaṃ upari caṅkamaṃ māpetvā dassesīti attho. Ratanāmayeti ratanamaye.
13 13.超越十千:世尊化现宝经行处时,让经行处的一端越过东方轮围山的边缘,另一端越过西方轮围山的边缘,使它这样安立起来。因此说:巴利
13.Dasasahassī atikkammāti ratanacaṅkamaṃ pana bhagavā māpento tassa ekaṃ koṭiṃ sabbapariyantaṃ pācīnacakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiṃ ekaṃ koṭiṃ pacchimacakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiṃ atikkamitvā ṭhitaṃ katvā māpesi. Tena vuttaṃ –
世尊超越了十千世界,化现出一条经行处。
两边全是纯金所成,经行处是珍宝所成。巴利
‘‘Dasasahassī atikkamma, caṅkamaṃ māpayī jino; Sabbasoṇṇamayā passe, caṅkame ratanāmaye’’ti.
其中,“胜者”是指战胜了烦恼之敌的佛陀。对于这样化现出来的经行处,两侧有金制的、极其悦意的边界地面,中间则是宝石所成——这就是这段话的意思。巴利
Tattha jinoti kilesārijayanato jino. Sabbasoṇṇamayā passeti tassa pana evaṃ nimmitassa caṅkamassa ubhayapassesu suvaṇṇamayā paramaramaṇīyā mariyādabhūmi ahosi, majjhe maṇimayāti adhippāyo.
14 横梁组:就是成对的横梁,应当知道它们是由各种宝石制成的。随宜:意思是合适的。铺有金板:就是用金板铺成,意思是横梁组上方有金制的覆盖物。栏杆全是金:是说所有栏杆都是金制的,而那道围绕经行处的栏杆,则唯独它不掺杂其他宝石——这就是其含义。两边化现:就是在两边化现。字母d是连接词。巴利
14.Tulāsaṅghāṭāti tulāyugaḷā, tā nānāratanamayāti veditabbā. Anuvaggāti anurūpā. Sovaṇṇaphalakatthatāti sovaṇṇamayehi phalakehi atthatā, tulāsaṅghātānaṃ upari suvaṇṇamayo padaracchadoti attho. Vedikā sabbasovaṇṇāti vedikā pana sabbāpi suvaṇṇamayā, yā panesā caṅkamanaparikkhepavedikā, sā ekāva aññehi ratanehi asammissāti attho. Dubhato passesu nimmitāti ubhosu passesu nimmitā. Da-kāro padasandhikaro.
15 15.「散布着摩尼珠、珍珠和沙」:意思是散布着由摩尼珠和珍珠形成的沙。或者,摩尼珠、珍珠和沙合在一起,就叫摩尼珠珍珠沙。因为被这些摩尼珠珍珠沙铺满、铺展开来,所以叫「散布着摩尼珠、珍珠和沙」。「化现」:就是以这种方式被化现、被造出来的。「宝所成」:就是全部由宝所成,指的是经行处。「照亮一切方」:意思是照亮全部十个方向。「如千光」:就像有千道光芒的太阳一样。「升起」:就是已经升起来了。正如升起的千光太阳照亮所有十个方向,同样,这个全部由宝所成的经行处也照耀十方——这就是它的意思。巴利
15.Maṇimuttāvālukākiṇṇāti maṇimuttāmayavālukākiṇṇā. Atha vā maṇayo ca muttā ca vālukā ca maṇimuttāvālukā. Tāhi maṇimuttāvālukāhi ākiṇṇā santhatāti maṇimuttāvālukākiṇṇā. Nimmitoti iminākārena nimmito kato. Ratanāmayoti sabbaratanamayo, caṅkamoti attho. Obhāseti disā sabbāti sabbāpi dasa disā obhāseti pakāseti. Sataraṃsīvāti sahassaraṃsiādicco viya. Uggatoti udito. Yathā pana abbhuggato sahassaraṃsi sabbāpi dasa disā obhāseti, evameva esopi sabbaratanamayo caṅkamo obhāsetīti attho.
现在,为了说明世尊在经行完毕后在那里是如何活动的,接着就说:巴利
Idāni pana niṭṭhite caṅkame tattha bhagavato pavattidassanatthaṃ –
在那经行处,那位坚毅的智者,具足三十二种殊胜妙相……
正等觉者光辉闪耀,胜利者在经行处经行。巴利
‘‘Tasmiṃ caṅkamane dhīro, dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇo; Virocamāno sambuddho, caṅkame caṅkamī jino.
天界的曼陀罗花、莲花和巴利恰答咖花,
在经行处散洒,所有天人都已聚集。巴利
‘‘Dibbaṃ mandāravaṃ pupphaṃ, padumaṃ pārichattakaṃ; Caṅkamane okiranti, sabbe devā samāgatā.
一万名欢喜的天众都看见了你,
他们满心欢喜、兴高采烈,俯身礼拜。这些偈颂已经诵出。巴利
‘‘Passanti taṃ devasaṅghā, dasasahassī pamoditā; Namassamānā nipatanti, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā pamoditā’’ti. – gāthāyo vuttā;
在这里,“坚毅者”是指具备坚定意志的人。“三十二种殊胜之相”的意思是:具备脚底平正稳贴等三十二种大人之相。“天界的”是指在三十三天出生、属于天界的。“波利质多罗树”是指:由于三十三天天神的黑檀树的果报,在周围一百由旬的范围内,出现了一棵极其美丽、极为悦目的波利质多罗树。当这棵树开花时,整个天城都弥漫着同一种香气;这棵树的花粉飘散开来,使崭新的金色天宫都显现出淡金黄色。而这棵波利质多罗树的花,就被称为“波利质多罗”。“散落在经行处”是指在那个宝石经行处上散落,以如此所说之华供养在那个经行处经行的世尊,这就是其义。“所有天神”是指欲界天等天神。因此说“看见那天神众”。其义是:他们在各自的住处也看见那位在宝石经行处经行的世尊。“一万”是依地格而说的单数,其义是:在一万天界中,天神众看见他。“欢喜”是指喜悦。“涌来”是指聚集。“满足欢喜”是指因喜而满足欢喜。“欢喜”在此处应与后面所说的三十三天等天神相关联而理解,否则就因重复之过而不能免除。或者,“欢喜”是指看见那位世尊,“满足欢喜”的欢喜者们到处聚集,这就是其义。巴利
Tattha dhīroti dhitiyutto. Dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇoti suppatiṭṭhitapādatalādīhi dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇehi samannāgatoti attho. Dibbanti devaloke bhavaṃ jātaṃ dibbaṃ. Pārichattakanti devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ koviḷārarukkhassa nissandena samantā yojanasataparimāṇo paramadassanīyo pāricchattakarukkho nibbatti. Yasmiṃ pupphite sakalaṃ devanagaraṃ ekasurabhigandhavāsitaṃ hoti, tassa kusumareṇuokiṇṇāni navakanakavimānāni piñjarāni hutvā khāyanti. Imassa pana pāricchattakarukkhassa pupphañca pāricchattakanti vuttaṃ. Caṅkame okirantīti tasmiṃ ratanacaṅkame avakiranti, tena vuttappakārena pupphena tasmiṃ caṅkame caṅkamamānaṃ bhagavantaṃ pūjentīti attho. Sabbe devāti kāmāvacaradevādayo devā. Tenāha ‘‘passanti taṃ devasaṅghā’’ti. Taṃ bhagavantaṃ ratanacaṅkamane caṅkamantaṃ sakesu ālayesupi passantīti attho. Dasasahassīti bhummatthe paccattavacanaṃ, dasasahassiyaṃ devasaṅghā taṃ passantīti attho. Pamoditāti pamuditā. Nipatantīti sannipatanti. Tuṭṭhahaṭṭhāti pītivasena tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā. Pamoditāti idāni vattabbehi tāvatiṃsādidevehi saddhinti sambandho daṭṭhabbo, itarathā punaruttidosato na muccati. Atha vā pamoditā taṃ bhagavantaṃ passanti, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā pamoditā tahiṃ tahiṃ sannipatantīti attho.
现在,为了展示哪些见到了、哪些聚集在一起,就按他们的真实样子来展示——巴利
Idāni ye passiṃsu ye sannipatiṃsu, te sarūpato dassetuṃ –
三十三天、夜摩天,以及兜率天的诸天,
化乐天的天人们,以及他化自在天的天人们,
他们心情振奋,满怀欢喜,注视着世间导师。巴利
‘‘Tāvatiṃsā ca yāmā ca, tusitā cāpi devatā; Nimmānaratino devā, ye devā vasavattino; Udaggacittā sumanā, passanti lokanāyakaṃ.
有天神、乾闼婆、人、罗刹,还有龙、金翅鸟,以及紧那罗。
他们看着那位悲悯世间、利益众生的导师,就像看着天空中高高升起的满月。巴利
‘‘Sadevagandhabbamanussarakkhasā , nāgā supaṇṇā atha vāpi kinnarā; Passanti taṃ lokahitānukampakaṃ, nabheva accuggatacandamaṇḍalaṃ.
光音天、遍净天、广果天和色究竟天的众天神;
他们穿着极其洁净洁白的衣服,合掌站立。巴利
‘‘Ābhassarā subhakiṇhā, vehapphalā akaniṭṭhā ca devatā; Susuddhasukkavatthavasanā, tiṭṭhanti pañjalīkatā.
他们撒下五色花,还有掺了栴檀粉末的曼陀罗花;
那时,他们在空中挥舞着衣服,惊叹道:啊,胜者,悲悯世间利益者。巴利
‘‘Muñcanti pupphaṃ pana pañcavaṇṇikaṃ, mandāravaṃ candanacuṇṇamissitaṃ; Bhamenti celāni ca ambare tadā, aho jino lokahitānukampako’’ti. –
这些偈颂已经说完了。巴利
Imā gāthāyo vuttā.
其中,“心意昂扬”:因为喜悦和满足而心意昂扬。“善意”:正因为心意昂扬,所以叫善意。“世间利益与怜悯者”:就是既利益世间又怜悯世间;或者说,以利益世间而成为怜悯者,所以叫“世间利益与怜悯者”。“如同悬在空中的圆月”:这里的意思是,他们看着那位以佛陀的荣光而闪耀、令人眼目愉悦的导师,就像在秋季天空中看着那初升、圆满、远离一切灾患的月轮一样。巴利
Tattha udaggacittāti pītisomanassavasena udaggacittā. Sumanāti udaggacittattā eva sumanā. Lokahitānukampakanti lokahitañca lokānukampakañca. Lokahitena vā anukampakaṃ lokahitānukampakaṃ. Nabheva accuggatacandamaṇḍalanti ettha ākāse abhinavoditaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ sabbopaddavavinimuttaṃ saradasamaye candamaṇḍalaṃ viya buddhasiriyā virocamānaṃ nayanānandakaraṃ passantīti attho.
“光音天”这一说法,是就最高界限而说的。应当知道,这里已经包括了少光天、无量光天和光音天,也就是按少、中、殊胜的差别,由第二禅所生的一切天。“遍净天”这一说法,同样也是就最高界限而说的。因此应当知道,这里已经包括了少净天、无量净天和遍净天,也就是按少等差别,由第三禅所生的一切天。“广果天”就是果报广大,所以叫广果天。他们是第四禅所生的,和无想有情住在同一层。下面则已经显示了初禅所生的梵身天等,所以这里不再显示。因为没有眼和耳,无想有情和无色界众生在这里也没有列出。“色究竟天”在这里也是就最高界限而说的。因此应当知道,无烦天、无热天、善现天、善见天、色究竟天这五种净居天都包括在内了。“穿着极净白衣”:极清净就是非常洁净,白就是洁白。穿着并披着这种极净洁白的衣服,这些人就叫作穿着极净白衣,意思是穿着清净洁白衣服的人。也有读作“着极净白衣”的。“双手合十”:就是合掌,把合掌放在头顶上,像莲花苞一样,然后站着。巴利
Ābhassarāti ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavasena vuttaṃ. Parittābhaappamāṇābhaābhassarāparittamajjhimapaṇītabhedena dutiyajjhānenābhinibbattā sabbeva gahitāti veditabbā. Subhakiṇhāti idaṃ ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavaseneva vuttaṃ, tasmā parittasubhaappamāṇasubhasubhakiṇhāparittādibhedena tatiyajjhānena nibbattā sabbeva gahitāti veditabbā. Vehapphalāti vipulā phalāti vehapphalā. Te catutthajjhānanibbattā asaññasattehi ekatalavāsino. Heṭṭhā pana paṭhamajjhānanibbattā brahmakāyikādayo dassitā. Tasmā idha na dassitā. Cakkhusotānamabhāvato asaññasattā ca arūpino ca idha na uddiṭṭhā. Akaniṭṭhā ca devatāti idhāpi ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavaseneva vuttaṃ. Tasmā avihātappasudassāsudassiakaniṭṭhasaṅkhātā pañcapi suddhāvāsā gahitāti veditabbā. Susuddhasukkavatthavasanāti suṭṭhu suddhāni susuddhāni sukkāni odātāni. Susuddhāni sukkāni vatthāni nivatthāni ceva pārutāni ca yehi te susuddhasukkavatthavasanā, paridahitaparisuddhapaṇḍaravatthāti attho. ‘‘Susuddhasukkavasanā’’tipi pāṭho. Pañjalīkatāti katapañjalikā kamalamakulasadisaṃ añjaliṃ sirasi katvā tiṭṭhanti.
散,就是抛撒。花,就是花朵。也有写成诸花的版本,这要看成是单复数互换,但意思还是同一个。五色,就是五种颜色,即蓝、黄、红、白、深红五种颜色。杂栴檀末,就是掺了栴檀粉末。转衣,就是挥舞衣服。啊,胜者,世间利益的怜悯者,这是像啊,胜者!啊,世间利益的造福者!啊,世间利益的怜悯者!啊,具悲者!这样发出赞叹的话。整体的关联是:他们抛撒花朵,挥舞衣服。巴利
Muñcantīti okiranti. Pupphaṃ panāti kusumaṃ pana. ‘‘Pupphāni vā’’tipi pāṭho, vacanavipariyāso daṭṭhabbo, attho panassa soyeva. Pañcavaṇṇikanti pañcavaṇṇaṃ – nīlapītalohitodātamañjiṭṭhakavaṇṇavasena pañcavaṇṇaṃ. Candanacuṇṇamissitanti candanacuṇṇena missitaṃ. Bhamenti celānīti bhamayanti vatthāni. Aho jino lokahitānukampakoti ‘‘aho jino lokahito aho ca lokahitānukampako aho kāruṇiko’’ti evamādīni thutivacanāni uggirantā. Muñcanti pupphaṃ bhamayanti celānīti sambandho.
现在,为了说明他们所使用的那些赞颂之语,说了这些偈颂:巴利
Idāni tehi payuttāni thutivacanāni dassetuṃ imā gāthāyo vuttā –
你是众生的导师、旗帜、幢幡和柱子;
你是彼岸,是依处,是明灯,两足中最胜者。巴利
‘‘Tuvaṃ satthā ca ketū ca, dhajo yūpo ca pāṇinaṃ; Parāyano patiṭṭhā ca, dīpo ca dvipaduttamo.
在十千世界的界域中,有大神力的诸天,
他们围拢过来,满心欢喜、兴高采烈地礼敬。巴利
‘‘Dasasahassīlokadhātuyā, devatāyo mahiddhikā; Parivāretvā namassanti, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā pamoditā.
天神和天女们,内心信乐欢喜;
他们用五色花来供养人中之雄。巴利
‘‘Devatā devakaññā ca, pasannā tuṭṭhamānasā; Pañcavaṇṇikapupphehi, pūjayanti narāsabhaṃ.
天众们看见您,生起清净信心,满心欢喜。
他们用五色花供养那位人中最殊胜的世尊。巴利
‘‘Passanti taṃ devasaṅghā, pasannā tuṭṭhamānasā; Pañcavaṇṇikapupphehi, pūjayanti narāsabhaṃ.
啊,世间竟有这般稀奇、罕见、令人毛骨悚然的事!
像这样稀有、让人汗毛直竖的事,过去从来没有过。巴利
‘‘Aho acchariyaṃ loke, abbhutaṃ lomahaṃsanaṃ; Na medisaṃ bhūtapubbaṃ, accheraṃ lomahaṃsanaṃ.
众天神各自坐在自己的宫殿里,
她们看见空中的奇景,便放声大笑。巴利
‘‘Sakasakamhi bhavane, nisīditvāna devatā; Hasanti tā mahāhasitaṃ, disvānaccherakaṃ nabhe.
住在虚空中和住在地上的,住在草丛和道路里的,
他们合掌致敬,满心欢喜,兴高采烈。巴利
‘‘Ākāsaṭṭhā ca bhūmaṭṭhā, tiṇapanthanivāsino; Katañjalī namassanti, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā pamoditā.
那些长寿、有福德、具大神通力的龙,
那些满心欢喜者,向人中最上者顶礼、供养。巴利
‘‘Yepi dīghāyukā nāgā, puññavanto mahiddhiko; Pamoditā namassanti, pūjayanti naruttamaṃ.
他们在虚空中、在风行的空中道上,奏响了赞颂之声。
他们看见空中这稀奇的景象,就敲响了皮鼓。巴利
‘‘Saṅgītiyo pavattenti, ambare anilañjase; Cammanaddhāni vādenti, disvānaccherakaṃ nabhe.
螺号、鼓,还有众多小鼓;
他们看见了天空中那前所未有的景象后,在虚空中奏响。巴利
‘‘Saṅkhā ca paṇavā ceva, athopi ḍiṇḍimā bahū; Antalikkhasmiṃ vajjanti, disvānaccherakaṃ nabhe.
哎呀,真是稀有难得!今天对我们生起了令人毛发竖立之事。
我们获得了恒常目标的成就,时机已被我们把握。巴利
‘‘Abbhuto vata no ajja, uppajji lomahaṃsano; Dhuvamatthasiddhiṃ labhāma, khaṇo no paṭipādito.
听他们说“佛陀”,喜顿时就生了起来;
他们嘴里念着“佛陀、佛陀”,合掌站立。巴利
‘‘Buddhoti tesaṃ sutvāna, pīti uppajji tāvade; Buddho buddhoti kathayantā, tiṭṭhanti pañjalīkatā.
“哼”声、“善哉”声,还有欢呼与随喜;
各种众生在虚空中合掌行礼。巴利
‘‘Hiṅkārā sādhukārā ca, ukkuṭṭhi sampahaṃsanaṃ; Pajā ca vividhā gagane, vattanti pañjalīkatā.
他们唱着、呼喊着、奏着乐器,拍打着手臂,跳着舞;
他们抛撒五色花,还有掺了栴檀粉末的曼陀罗花。巴利
‘‘Gāyanti seḷenti ca vādayanti ca, bhujāni pothenti ca naccayanti ca; Muñcanti pupphaṃ pana pañcavaṇṇikaṃ, mandāravaṃ candanacuṇṇamissitaṃ.
大雄啊,就像您的脚上有轮相一样,
您的脚上有幢幡、金刚、幡旗、增长之钩装饰着。巴利
‘‘Yathā tuyhaṃ mahāvīra, pādesu cakkalakkhaṇaṃ; Dhajavajirapaṭākā, vaḍḍhamānaṅkusācita’’nti.
在这里,“导师”是指为了此世和来世的利益而教导,所以叫导师。“幢”是指应当被恭敬,就像幢一样,所以叫幢。“幡”是指因高举和可见,如同因陀罗的幡,您就像幡一样,所以叫幡。或者说,就像世间人只要看到某人的幡,就知道“这是某某人的幡”,持有幡的人就被认作有幡者;同样,为了证得智慧和涅槃,人们只要见到世尊,就能知道涅槃的证得,因此说“幡与祭祀柱”。就像《究罗檀头经》中所说的,从布施开始、到漏尽智为终点的一切祭祀,为了举行那些祭祀而竖立的祭祀柱就是您,这是这句话的意思。“归依处”就是皈依依靠的地方。“依止”就像大地以承载一切众生的方式成为依止和依靠,您也同样成为依止。“灯”就是灯明。就像在四重黑暗中,为众生点亮的灯能让人看见色相;同样,在无明黑暗中,为众生显示究竟真理的灯就是您,这是这句话的意思。或者说,就像在大海中,船只毁坏的众生以海岛为依靠,同样,在生死大海中,那些找不到依靠而沉没的众生,您就像岛屿一样,所以叫岛屿。巴利
Tattha idhalokaparalokahitatthaṃ sāsatīti satthā. Ketūti ketuno apacitikātabbaṭṭhena ketu viyāti ketu. Dhajoti indadhajo samussayaṭṭhena dassanīyaṭṭhena ca tuvaṃ dhajo viyāti dhajoti. Atha vā yathā hi loke yassa kassaci dhajaṃ disvāva – ‘‘ayaṃ dhajo itthannāmassā’’ti dhajavā dhajīti paññāyati, evameva bhagavā paññānibbānādhigamāya bhagavantaṃ disvāva nibbānādhigamo paññāyati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘dhajo yūpo cā’’ti. Kūṭadantasutte vuttānaṃ dānādiāsavakkhayañāṇapariyosānānaṃ sabbayāgānaṃ yajanatthāya samussito yūpo tuvanti attho. Parāyanoti paṭisaraṇaṃ. Patiṭṭhāti yathā mahāpathavī sabbapāṇīnaṃ ādhārabhāvena patiṭṭhā nissayabhūtā, evaṃ tuvampi patiṭṭhābhūtā. Dīpo cāti padīpo. Yathā caturaṅge tamasi vattamānānaṃ sattānaṃ āropito padīpo rūpasandassano hoti. Evaṃ avijjandhakāre vattamānānaṃ sattānaṃ paramatthasandassano padīpo tuvanti attho. Atha vā mahāsamudde bhinnanāvānaṃ sattānaṃ samuddadīpo yathā patiṭṭhā hoti, evaṃ tuvampi saṃsārasāgare alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhe osīdantānaṃ pāṇīnaṃ dīpo viyāti dīpoti attho.
“两足最胜者”就是两足之中最上等的,所以叫“两足最胜者”。不过这里因为没有“简别”的特征,所以不禁止第六格复合词;被禁止的是带有简别特征的第六格复合词。然而,正觉者在无足、两足、四足、多足、有色、无色、有想、无想、非想非非想的一切众生当中,确实是最上等的。那为什么这里说“两足最胜者”呢?因为从更殊胜的意义上来说。在这个世间,被称为最胜者的人出现时,不会出现在无足、四足、多足当中,只会出现在两足当中。是哪种两足呢?就是人和天神。若出现在人中,就会成为能统御三千大千世界的佛陀而出生;若出现在天神中,就会成为统御十千世界的大梵天而出生。而那位大梵天,也不过是佛陀的侍者或园林管理者。因此,从那里也更殊胜的意义上,说“两足最胜者”。巴利
Dvipaduttamoti dvipadānaṃ uttamo dvipaduttamo, ettha pana niddhāraṇalakkhaṇassa abhāvato chaṭṭhīsamāsassa paṭisedho natthi, niddhāraṇalakkhaṇāya chaṭṭhiyā samāso paṭisiddho. Sammāsambuddho pana apadānaṃ dvipadānaṃ catuppadānaṃ bahuppadānaṃ rūpīnaṃ arūpīnaṃ saññīnaṃ asaññīnaṃ nevasaññīnāsaññīnaṃ uttamova. Kasmā panidha ‘‘dvipaduttamo’’ti vuttoti ce? Seṭṭhataravasena. Imasmiñhi loke seṭṭho nāma uppajjamāno apadacatuppadabahuppadesupi nuppajjati. Ayaṃ dvipadesuyeva uppajjati. Kataradvipadesūti? Manussesu ceva devesu ca. Manussesu uppajjamāno tisahassimahāsahassilokadhātu vase kattuṃ samattho buddho hutvā nibbattati. Devesu uppajjamāno dasasahassilokadhātu vasavattī mahābrahmā hutvā nibbattati. So tassa kappiyakārako vā ārāmiko vā sampajjati. Iti tatopi seṭṭhataravasena ‘‘dvipaduttamo’’ti vutto.
在称为十千世界的一万世界界中。大神通者:具备大神通,意思是有大威力。围绕:从四面八方环绕世尊。净信:生起了信心。人牛王:人中最胜者。啊,稀有:在这里,就像盲人登山一样,并非经常发生,所以是稀有;或者说值得弹指赞叹,所以是稀有,意思是“啊,这真是令人惊叹”,值得拍手称奇。未曾有:过去从未发生过,前所未有。这两者都是对令人惊叹之事的称呼。毛发竖立:使毛发竖起来。我过去未曾见过如此:我过去从未见过这样的景象,意思是见到了前所未有的事。“见”这个说法要承接上文来理解。稀有:奇妙。巴利
Dasasahassilokadhātuyāti dasasahassisaṅkhātāya lokadhātuyā. Mahiddhikāti mahatiyā iddhiyā yuttā, mahānubhāvāti attho. Parivāretvāti bhagavantaṃ samantato parikkhipitvā. Pasannāti sañjātasaddhā. Narāsabhanti narapuṅgavaṃ. Aho acchariyanti ettha andhassa pabbatārohanaṃ viya niccaṃ na hotīti acchariyaṃ, accharāyogganti vā acchariyaṃ, ‘‘aho, idaṃ vimhaya’’nti accharaṃ paharituṃ yuttanti attho. Abbhutanti abhūtapubbaṃ abhūtanti abbhutaṃ. Ubhayampetaṃ vimhayāvahassādhivacanaṃ. Lomahaṃsananti lomānaṃ uddhaggabhāvakaraṇaṃ. Na medisaṃ bhūtapubbanti na mayā īdisaṃ bhūtapubbaṃ, abbhutaṃ diṭṭhanti attho. Diṭṭhanti vacanaṃ āharitvā gahetabbaṃ. Accheranti acchariyaṃ.
在自己的住处,就是各自在自己的居所里。坐下之后,就是坐了下来。天神这个词,应当知道是通用于诸天和天女的说法。他们笑,是说那些天神放声大笑,因为内心完全被喜悦所控制,不是只微微一笑,而是哈哈大笑,这就是这里的意思。空中,就是在虚空之中。巴利
Sakasakamhi bhavaneti attano attano bhavane. Nisīditvānāti upavissa. Devatāti idaṃ pana vacanaṃ devānampi devadhītānampi sādhāraṇavacananti veditabbaṃ. Hasantitāti tā devatā mahāhasitaṃ hasanti, pītivasaṃ gatahadayatāya mihitamattaṃ akatvā aṭṭahāsaṃ hasantīti attho. Nabheti ākāse.
住在虚空中,指的是住在空中的宫殿等处的众生;住在陆地上的众生也是同样的道理。住在草尖和道路上,指的是住在草尖和道路上的众生。有大福德,指的是拥有广大福德。有大神力,指的是拥有大威力。举行合奏,指的是演奏天界的歌舞合奏,目的是供养如来,这就是其含义。在虚空中,就是在天空中。在风道上,就是风行的道路;「anilañjaseti(于风道)」的意思是空中之道;因为“虚空”一词有多种含义,所以又说“在风道上”,这只是前者的同义词。皮绷的,指的是用皮革蒙制的,这也就是该文本,意思是天鼓。演奏,指的是诸天演奏。巴利
Ākāsaṭṭhāti ākāse vimānādīsu ṭhitā, eseva nayo bhūmaṭṭhesupi. Tiṇapanthanivāsinoti tiṇaggesu ceva panthesu ca nivāsino. Puññavantoti mahāpuññā. Mahiddhikāti mahānubhāvā. Saṅgītiyo pavattentīti devanāṭakasaṅgītiyo pavattenti, tathāgataṃ pūjanatthāya payujjantīti attho. Ambareti ākāse. Anilañjaseti anilapathe, ambarassa anekatthattā ‘‘anilañjase’’ti vuttaṃ, purimasseva vevacanaṃ. Cammanaddhānīti cammavinaddhāni. Ayameva vā pāṭho, devadundubhiyoti attho. Vādentīti vādayanti devatā.
螺:指吹奏的螺贝。小鼓:指一种中间细的乐器。手鼓:说的是一种小型的手持鼓。演奏:就是击打吹奏。真是稀有啊:啊,真是奇妙。已出现:已经生起了。令毛发竖立:能使毛发竖起来。必定:因为这位稀有的导师已经出现在世间,所以我们必定、一定会获得利益的成就,这就是要表达的意思。我们将获得:我们将会得到。时机:指远离八难、第九种难得的时机,这是它的含义。我们:指我们。已获得:已经得到了。巴利
Saṅkhāti dhamanasaṅkhā. Paṇavāti tanumajjhaturiyavisesā. Ḍiṇḍimāti tiṇavākhuddakabheriyo vuccanti. Vajjantīti vādayanti. Abbhuto vata noti acchariyo vata nu. Uppajjīti uppanno. Lomahaṃsanoti lomahaṃsanakaro. Dhuvanti yasmā pana abbhuto ayaṃ satthā loke uppanno, tasmā dhuvaṃ avassaṃ atthasiddhiṃ labhāmāti adhippāyo. Labhāmāti labhissāma. Khaṇoti aṭṭhakkhaṇavirahito navamo khaṇoti attho. Noti amhākaṃ. Paṭipāditoti paṭiladdho.
“佛陀”一词:他们听到“佛陀”这句话之后,那些天神生起了五种颜色的喜,这就是含义。那时:指那个时候。嗨呵声:就是嗨呵的声音,夜叉等在欢喜的时候会发出“hiṃ hiṃ”的声音。善哉声:善哉的声音也在响起。欢呼:指高呼的声音和喧哗的声音,这就是含义。众生:这里指的是天神等。有些人读作“各种旗帜在天空中飘动”。歌唱:他们唱与佛功德相关的歌。巴利
Buddhoti tesaṃ sutvānāti buddhoti idaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā tesaṃ devānaṃ pañcavaṇṇā pīti udapādīti attho. Tāvadeti tasmiṃ kāle. Hiṅkārāti hiṅkārasaddā, hiṃhinti yakkhādayo pahaṭṭhakāle karonti. Sādhukārāti sādhukārasaddā ca pavattanti. Ukkuṭṭhīti ukkuṭṭhisaddo ca unnādasaddo cāti attho. Pajāti devādayo adhippetā. Keci ‘‘paṭākā vividhā gagane vattantī’’ti paṭhanti. Gāyantīti buddhaguṇapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ gītaṃ gāyanti.
发出嘶鸣声,就是用嘴发出嘶鸣的声音。演奏,就是弹奏大琵琶、鳄鱼首琴等各类弦乐器与打击乐器,为了供养如来而演奏、促使它们响起。拍打手臂,就是拍打臂膀。这里要看出语法性别的转换。且舞蹈,就是既让别人跳舞,自己也跳舞。巴利
Seḷentīti mukhena seḷitasaddaṃ karonti. Vādayantīti mahatī vipañcikāmakaramukhādayo vīṇā ca turiyāni ca tathāgatassa pūjanatthāya vādenti payojenti. Bhujāni pothentīti bhuje apphoṭenti. Liṅgavipariyāso daṭṭhabbo. Naccanti cāti aññe ca naccāpenti sayañca naccanti.
大雄!在您双足之上有轮相,正如……这里“正如”是“以某种方式”的意思。因为具备大精进力,所以称为大雄。“在双足之上有轮相”的意思是:在您两只脚掌上,有千辐、有辋、有毂、一切部分都圆满的轮相,光辉照耀。
不过,“轮”这个词出现在成就、车轮、威仪、布施、轮宝、法轮、刀轮、相好等种种语境中。比如“比丘们,有这四种轮,具足这些轮的天与人……”(《增支部》4.31)等,这里“轮”是成就的意思。“如车轮随载者而行”(《法句经》1)等,是车轮的意思。“有四轮、九门”(《相应部》1.29)等,是威仪的意思。“施与、受用,且莫放逸,为一切众生转动布施之轮”(《本生》1.7.149),这里是布施的意思。“天界轮宝出现”(《长部》2.243;3.85;《中部》3.256),这里是轮宝的意思。“我所转动的轮”(《经集》562;《佛种姓》28.17),这里是法轮的意思。“被渴爱所击打的人,轮在他头顶旋转”(《本生》1.1.104;1.5.103),这里是刀轮,也就是武器之轮的意思。“足底生有轮相”(《长部》2.35;3.200, 204;《中部》2.386),这里是相好的意思。在这里也应理解为相好之轮(《中部注》1.148;《增支部注》1.1.187;2.4.8;《无碍解道注》2.2.44)。
“有幢、有金刚、有旗幡,有增长与钩所装饰”——意思是用幢、金刚、旗幡、增长和钩来装饰、庄严、围绕双足之上的轮相。而一旦把握了轮相,其余相好也就随之把握了。同样,八十种随形好和一寻光明也是如此。因此,世尊的身体以这三十二大丈夫相、八十随形好和一寻光明善加庄严,就像完全盛开的波利质多罗树,像绽放莲花的莲花林,像种种宝石装饰的黄金拱门,像群星光辉照耀的虚空,从四面八方流布、闪动、放射出六色佛光,极其庄严光辉。巴利
Yathā tuyhaṃ mahāvīra, pādesu cakkalakkhaṇanti ettha yena pakārena yathā. Mahāvīriyena yogato mahāvīro. Pādesu cakkalakkhaṇanti tava ubhosu pādatalesu sahassāraṃ sanemikaṃ sanābhikaṃ sabbākāraparipūraṃ cakkalakkhaṇaṃ sobhatīti attho. Cakka-saddo panāyaṃ sampattirathaṅgairiyāpathadānaratanadhammakhuracakkalakkhaṇādīsu dissati. ‘‘Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, cakkāni yehi samannāgatānaṃ devamanussāna’’ntiādīsu (a. ni. 4.31) sampattiyaṃ dissati. ‘‘Cakkaṃva vahato pada’’ntiādīsu (dha. pa. 1) rathaṅge. ‘‘Catucakkaṃ navadvāra’’ntiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.29) iriyāpathe. ‘‘Dadaṃ bhuñja ca mā ca pamādo, cakkaṃ vattaya sabbapāṇina’’nti (jā. 1.7.149) ettha dāne. ‘‘Dibbaṃ cakkaratanaṃ pātubhūta’’nti (dī. ni. 2.243; 3.85; ma. ni. 3.256) ettha ratanacakke. ‘‘Mayā pavattitaṃ cakka’’nti (su. ni. 562; bu. vaṃ. 28.17) ettha pana dhammacakke. ‘‘Icchāhatassa posassa, cakkaṃ bhamati matthake’’ti (jā. 1.1.104; 1.5.103) ettha khuracakke, paharaṇacakketi attho. ‘‘Pādatalesu cakkāni jātānī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.35; 3.200, 204; ma. ni. 2.386) ettha lakkhaṇe. Idhāpi lakkhaṇacakke daṭṭhabbo (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.148; a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.187; 2.4.8; paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 2.2.44). Dhajavajirapaṭākā, vaḍḍhamānaṅkusācitanti dhajena ca vajirena ca paṭākāya ca vaḍḍhamānena ca aṅkusena ca ācitaṃ alaṅkataṃ parivāritaṃ pādesu cakkalakkhaṇanti attho. Cakkalakkhaṇe pana gahite sesalakkhaṇāni gahitāneva honti. Tathā asīti anubyañjanāni byāmappabhā ca. Tasmā tehi dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāsītianubyañjanabyāmappabhāhi samalaṅkato bhagavato kāyo sabbaphāliphullo viya pāricchattako vikasitapadumaṃ viya kamalavanaṃ vividharatanavicittaṃ viya navakanakatoraṇaṃ tārāmarīcivirājitamiva gaganatalaṃ ito cito ca vidhāvamānā vipphandamānā chabbaṇṇabuddharasmiyo muñcamāno ativiya sobhati.
现在,为了显示世尊色身与法身的圆满成就——巴利
Idāni bhagavato rūpakāyadhammakāyasampattidassanatthaṃ –
在诸色、戒、定和慧方面,他无人能比;
在解脱方面,无人能与他相比;在转动法轮方面,也是如此。这就是所说的偈颂。巴利
‘‘Rūpe sīle samādhimhi, paññāya ca asādiso; Vimuttiyā asamasamo, dhammacakkappavattane’’ti. – ayaṃ gāthā vuttā;
在这里,“色”这个词出现在蕴、有、相、缘、身体、颜色、形状等语境中。正如经中所说:“无论什么色,过去的、未来的、现在的……”这里指的是色蕴。“他为投生色界而修习之道”这里指的是色有。“内心无色想,向外观看诸色”这里指的是遍相。“诸比丘,恶不善法依有相而生起,而非依无相”这里指的是缘。“被围限的虚空,就被称为色”这里指的是身体。“缘于眼与色,眼识生起”这里指的是颜色。“以色为量、信解于色”这里指的是形状。在这里也一样,应当理解为形状。“于戒”指四种戒。“于定”指三种定。“于慧”指世间慧与出世间慧。“无比”指无与伦比、无可譬喻。“于解脱”指果位解脱。“无等等者”指过去诸佛是无等的,而世尊在戒等方面与那些无等的诸佛相等,所以叫“无等等者”。到这里为止,已经显示了世尊色身的圆满成就。巴利
Tattha rūpeti ayaṃ rūpa-saddo khandhabhavanimittapaccayasarīravaṇṇasaṇṭhānādīsu dissati. Yathāha – ‘‘yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppanna’’nti (ma. ni. 1.361; 3.86, 89; vibha. 2; mahāva. 22) ettha rūpakkhandhe dissati. ‘‘Rūpūpapattiyā maggaṃ bhāvetī’’ti (dha. sa. 160-161; vibha. 624) ettha rūpabhave. ‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.338; ma. ni. 2.249; a. ni. 1.435-442; dha. sa. 204-205) ettha kasiṇanimitte. ‘‘Sarūpā, bhikkhave, uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā no arūpā’’ti (a. ni. 2.83) ettha paccaye. ‘‘Ākāso parivārito rūpantveva saṅkhaṃ gacchatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.306) ettha sarīre. ‘‘Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇa’’nti (ma. ni. 1.204, 400; 3.421, 425-426; saṃ. ni. 4.60; kathā. 465) ettha vaṇṇe. ‘‘Rūpappamāṇo rūpappasanno’’ti (a. ni. 4.65) ettha saṇṭhāne. Idhāpi saṇṭhāne daṭṭhabbo (a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.1 rūpādivaggavaṇṇanā). Sīleti catubbidhe sīle. Samādhimhīti tividhepi samādhimhi. Paññāyāti lokiyalokuttarāya paññāya. Asādisoti asadiso anupamo. Vimuttiyāti phalavimuttiyā . Asamasamoti asamā atītā buddhā tehi asamehi buddhehi sīlādīhi samoti asamasamo. Ettāvatā bhagavato rūpakāyasampatti dassitā.
现在,为了显示世尊的身体力量等——巴利
Idāni bhagavato kāyabalādiṃ dassetuṃ –
在你的身体里,有着像十头大象那样自然具足的力量;
凭神通力无人能比,在转动法轮这件事上也是如此。巴利
‘‘Dasanāgabalaṃ kāye, tuyhaṃ pākatikaṃ balaṃ; Iddhibalena asamo, dhammacakkappavattane’’ti. – vuttaṃ;
这里,“十象力”是指十头六牙象的力量。如来的力有两种:身力和智力。其中,身力应当依照象族的次第来理解。怎么理解呢?巴利
Tattha dasanāgabalanti dasachaddantanāgabalaṃ. Duvidhañhi tathāgatassa balaṃ – kāyabalaṃ, ñāṇabalañcāti. Tattha kāyabalaṃ hatthikulānusārena veditabbaṃ. Kathaṃ?
黑象、青象、恒河象、白象、铜色象、黄褐色象,
香象、吉祥象、金象,以及布萨象、六牙象——这就是十种象。巴利
‘‘Kāḷāvakañca gaṅgeyyaṃ, paṇḍaraṃ tambapiṅgalaṃ; Gandhamaṅgalahemañca, uposathachaddantime dasā’’ti.(ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.148; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 2.2.22; a. ni. aṭṭha. 3.10.21; dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.198; vibha. aṭṭha. 760; udā. aṭṭha. 75; cūḷani. aṭṭha. 81; paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 2.2.44) –
应当知道这十种象族。所谓“黑象族”,就是普通的象族。十个人的体力,等于一头黑象的体力。十头黑象的体力,等于一头恒河象的体力。按照同样的方法,一直推算到六牙象的体力。十头六牙象的体力,等于一位如来的体力,这就叫做那罗延力、金刚力。若按普通象的数量来算,这是千亿头象的体力;若按人的数量来算,这是十千俱胝人的体力。这就是如来自然的身力。至于智力,则是不可衡量的,比如十力智、四无畏智、在八种大众中不动摇的智、辨别四种出生的智、辨别五趣的智、十四种佛智等等,这些都属于智力。不过这里指的是身力。“在你身体中的自然之力”,意思就是存在于你身体中的自然力量。因此,所谓“十象力”,就是十头六牙象的力量。巴利
Imāni dasa hatthikulāni veditabbāni. Kāḷāvakoti pakatihatthikulaṃ. Yaṃ dasannaṃ purisānaṃ kāyabalaṃ, taṃ ekassa kāḷāvakassa hatthino balaṃ. Yaṃ dasannaṃ kāḷāvakānaṃ balaṃ, taṃ ekassa gaṅgeyyassāti eteneva upāyena yāva chaddantabalaṃ netabbanti. Yaṃ dasannaṃ chaddantānaṃ balaṃ, taṃ ekassa tathāgatassa balaṃ, nārāyanabalaṃ vajirabalanti idameva vuccati. Tadetaṃ pakatihatthigaṇanāya hatthikoṭisahassānaṃ balaṃ, purisagaṇanāya dasannaṃ purisakoṭisahassānaṃ balaṃ hoti. Idaṃ tāva tathāgatassa pakatikāyabalaṃ, ñāṇabalaṃ pana appameyyaṃ dasabalañāṇaṃ catuvesārajjañāṇaṃ aṭṭhasu parisāsu akampanañāṇaṃ catuyoniparicchedakañāṇaṃ pañcagatiparicchedakañāṇaṃ cuddasa buddhañāṇānīti evamādikaṃ ñāṇabalaṃ. Idha pana kāyabalaṃ adhippetaṃ. Kāye, tuyhaṃ pākatikaṃ balanti tañca pana tava kāye pākatikabalanti attho. Tasmā ‘‘dasanāgabala’’nti dasachaddantanāgabalanti attho.
现在,为了显示智的力量,他说:“以神通力无与伦比,在转法轮上。”其中,“以神通力无与伦比”是说,凭借变化、决意等神通力,没有能与之等同的,没有能与之相似的,没有能与之相比的。“在转法轮上”的意思是,在说法的智慧上也是无与伦比的。巴利
Idāni ñāṇabalaṃ dassento ‘‘iddhibalena asamo, dhammacakkappavattane’’ti āha. Tattha iddhibalena asamoti vikubbanādhiṭṭhānādinā iddhibalena asamo asadiso anupamo. Dhammacakkappavattaneti desanāñāṇepi asamoti attho.
现在,为了说明劝导人们礼敬如来——“那位具足如此等功德的导师,是一切世间唯一的引导者,你们应当礼敬这位导师”——巴利
Idāni ‘‘yo evamādiguṇasamannāgato satthā, so sabbalokekanāyako, taṃ satthāraṃ namassathā’’ti tathāgatassa paṇāmane niyogadassanatthaṃ –
如此具足一切功德,圆满一切支分,
你们应当礼敬那位大牟尼、具悲悯者、世间怙主。这是所说的。巴利
‘‘Evaṃ sabbaguṇūpetaṃ, sabbaṅgasamupāgataṃ; Mahāmuniṃ kāruṇikaṃ, lokanāthaṃ namassathā’’ti. – vuttaṃ;
在这里,“如是”是一个虚词,用来指出前面所说的那种情形。“具足一切功德”当中,“一切”这个词表示没有遗漏。“功德”这个词可以在多种含义中见到。比如,“诸比丘,我允许把未染色的布料做成双层的僧伽梨”,这里指的是“层”的意思。“时光流逝,夜晚飞驰,青春的蕴聚依次舍弃”,这里指的是“蕴”的意思。“布施应当期待百倍的回报”,这里指的是“利益”的意思。“肠、肠间膜”,“应当造作许多花环”,这里指的是“束”的意思。“具足八种功德,以神通力带来”,这里指的是“成就”的意思。在这里也应当理解为“成就”的意思。因此,意思是:具备、拥有所有世间与出世间的功德、一切成就。“具足一切支分”:指具足、圆满一切佛的功德或功德支分。“大牟尼”:因为比其他独觉等牟尼更为殊胜,所以称为大牟尼。“有悲心”:因为与悲悯的功德相应,所以是有悲心的人。“世间依怙”:是一切世间唯一的依怙,一切世间都这样祈愿:“愿这位成为为我们消除痛苦和烦恼的救助者、依靠者。”这就是它的意思。巴利
Tattha evanti vuttappakāranidassane nipāto. Sabbaguṇūpetanti ettha sabboti ayaṃ niravasesavācī. Guṇoti ayaṃ guṇa-saddo anekesu atthesu dissati. Tathā hesa – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ahatānaṃ vatthānaṃ diguṇaṃ saṅghāṭi’’nti (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.546; mahāva. 348) ettha paṭalatthe dissati. ‘‘Accenti kālā tarayanti rattiyo, vayoguṇā anupubbaṃ jahantī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.4) ettha rāsatthe. ‘‘Sataguṇā dakkhiṇā pāṭikaṅkhitabbā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.379) ettha ānisaṃsatthe. ‘‘Antaṃ antaguṇaṃ’’ (dī. ni. 2.377; ma. ni. 1.110, 302; 2.114; 3.154, 349; khu. pā. 3.dvattiṃsākāra) ‘‘kayirā mālāguṇe bahū’’ti (dha. pa. 53) ettha bandhanatthe. ‘‘Aṭṭhaguṇasamupetaṃ, abhiññābalamāhari’’nti (bu. vaṃ. 2.29) ettha sampattiatthe. Idhāpi sampattiatthe daṭṭhabbo (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.546; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.166; cūḷani. aṭṭha. 136). Tasmā sabbehi lokiyalokuttarehi guṇehi sabbasampattīhi upetaṃ samannāgatanti attho. Sabbaṅgasamupāgatanti sabbehi buddhaguṇehi guṇaṅgehi vā samupāgataṃ samannāgataṃ. Mahāmuninti aññehi paccekabuddhādīhi munīhi adhikabhāvato mahanto munīti vuccati mahāmuni. Kāruṇikanti karuṇāguṇayogato kāruṇikaṃ. Lokanāthanti sabbalokekanāthaṃ, sabbalokehi ‘‘ayaṃ no dukkhopatāpassa āhantā sametā’’ti evamāsīsīyatīti attho.
现在,为了显示十力者、配受一切敬顺行相者的阿拉汉境界——巴利
Idāni dasabalassa sabbanipaccākārassa arahabhāvadassanatthaṃ –
敬礼、称赞、礼拜和表扬;
礼敬和供养,这一切你都应当受用。巴利
‘‘Abhivādanaṃ thomanañca, vandanañca pasaṃsanaṃ; Namassanañca pūjañca, sabbaṃ arahasī tuvaṃ.
世间凡是值得礼敬的,都值得礼敬。
大雄啊,您是一切中最尊贵的,世上找不到任何人和您相等——这是所说的。巴利
‘‘Ye keci loke vandaneyyā, vandanaṃ arahanti ye; Sabbaseṭṭho mahāvīra, sadiso te na vijjatī’’ti. – vuttaṃ;
这里,“敬礼”是指让别人对自己行礼。“称扬”是在背后称赞。“礼敬”是躬身致敬。“称赞”是当面赞叹。“归敬”是合掌,或者以心意归敬。“供养”是用花鬘、香、涂香等来供养。“一切”是说,以上所说的这一切种类的殊胜尊敬,你都堪受,都完全相应——这就是这句话的意思。“世间任何应受礼敬者”,是指世间中任何应当礼敬、值得礼敬、堪受礼敬的对象。“Ye”就是指那些在世间堪受礼敬的人,这只是前一句的同义词。“一切中至尊”是说,在这一切当中最为殊胜、最上,大雄啊,世间没有任何人能与您等同——这就是这句话的意思。巴利
Tattha abhivādananti aññehi attano abhivādanakārāpanaṃ. Thomananti parammukhato thuti. Vandananti paṇāmanaṃ. Pasaṃsananti sammukhato pasaṃsanaṃ. Namassananti añjalikaraṇaṃ, manasā namassanaṃ vā. Pūjananti mālāgandhavilepanādīhi pūjanañca. Sabbanti sabbampi taṃ vuttappakāraṃ sakkāravisesaṃ tuvaṃ arahasi yuttoti attho. Ye keci loke vandaneyyāti ye keci loke vanditabbā vandanīyā vandanaṃ arahanti. Yeti ye pana loke vandanaṃ arahanti. Idaṃ pana purimapadasseva vevacanaṃ. Sabbaseṭṭhoti sabbesaṃ tesaṃ seṭṭho uttamo, tvaṃ mahāvīra sadiso te loke koci na vijjatīti attho.
那时,世尊显现双神变后,化现出宝石经行处,并在那里经行。尊者舍利弗与五百位随从比丘住在王舍城的灵鹫山。那时,长老望着世尊,看见世尊在迦毗罗城上方的虚空中,在宝石经行处经行。因此说道:巴利
Atha bhagavati yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ dassetvā ratanacaṅkamaṃ māpetvā tatra caṅkamamāne āyasmā sāriputto rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate pañcahi parivārabhikkhusatehi. Atha thero bhagavantaṃ olokento addasa kapilapure ākāse ratanacaṅkame caṅkamamānaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ –
舍利弗有大智慧,精通定与禅那;
他站在灵鹫山上,就看见了世间导师。——等等。巴利
‘‘Sāriputto mahāpañño, samādhijjhānakovido; Gijjhakūṭe ṭhitoyeva, passati lokanāyaka’’nti. – ādi;
在这里,“舍利弗”这个名字,是因为他是名叫色舍利的婆罗门女之子,所以叫舍利弗。“大慧者”,是因为他具备十六种广大的智慧,所以叫大慧者。“精通定与禅那”:这里,“定”是指把心平等地安放、固定在所缘上,所以叫定。定有三种:有寻有伺定、无寻唯伺定、无寻无伺定。“禅那”是指初禅、第二禅、第三禅、第四禅。透过这些初禅等,慈心禅那等也都包括在内。禅那也有两种:观察相禅那和所缘禅那。其中,观智因为观察无常等相,所以称为观察相禅那。而初禅等,则因为对所缘进行观察,或者因为烧尽敌对法,所以称为禅那。在诸定与诸禅那上都善巧,所以叫“精通定与禅那”,意思是擅长定与禅那。“灵鹫山”:他就是站在这座如此得名的山上看见的,所以说是“看见”。巴利
Tattha sāriputtoti rūpasāriyā nāma brāhmaṇiyā puttoti sāriputto. Mahāpaññoti mahatiyā soḷasavidhāya paññāya samannāgatoti mahāpañño. Samādhijjhānakovidoti ettha samādhīti cittaṃ samaṃ ādahati ārammaṇe ṭhapetīti samādhi. So tividho hoti savitakkasavicāro avitakkavicāramatto avitakkaavicāro samādhīti. Jhānanti paṭhamajjhānaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ tatiyajjhānaṃ catutthajjhānanti imehi paṭhamajjhānādīhi mettājhānādīnipi saṅgahitāneva honti, jhānampi duvidhaṃ hoti lakkhaṇūpanijjhānaṃ ārammaṇūpanijjhānanti. Tattha aniccādilakkhaṇaṃ upanijjhāyatīti vipassanāñāṇaṃ ‘‘lakkhaṇūpanijjhāna’’nti vuccati. Paṭhamajjhānādikaṃ pana ārammaṇūpanijjhānato paccanīkajhāpanato vā jhānanti vuccati. Samādhīsu ca jhānesu ca kovidoti samādhijjhānakovido, samādhijjhānakusaloti attho. Gijjhakūṭeti evaṃnāmake pabbate ṭhitoyeva passatīti passi.
44 就像一棵盛开的王娑罗树:树干匀称圆满,枝条上点缀着升起的广大、柔嫩、鲜亮的果实、叶子和新芽,所有的花都完全绽放。同样,他瞻视着以戒为根、以定为树干、以慧为枝条、以神通为花、以解脱为果的十力王娑罗树——这就是和“瞻视”一词的关联。又如空中的月亮:像秋季圆满的月轮,摆脱了云、雾、烟、尘和罗睺的侵扰,被群星环绕,能破除一切烦恼的黑暗,让可教化者的白睡莲林绽放。他瞻视着这位如同月亮般的牟尼王,就是这个意思。“犹如”只是一个没有实义的小品词。又如正午的太阳:像正午时分具足锐利光芒之鬘、放射出光线的太阳那样照耀。瞻视这位人中之雄牛。巴利
44.Suphullaṃsālarājaṃ vāti samavaṭṭakkhandhaṃ samuggatavipulakomalaphalapallavaṅkurasamalaṅkatasākhaṃ sabbaphāliphullaṃ sālarājaṃ viya sīlamūlaṃ samādhikkhandhaṃ paññāsākhaṃ abhiññāpupphaṃ vimuttiphalaṃ dasabalasālarājaṃ olokesīti evaṃ olokapadena sambandho. Candaṃva gagane yathāti abbhāhimadhūmarajorāhupasaggavinimuttaṃ tāragaṇaparivutaṃ saradasamaye paripuṇṇaṃ viya rajanikaraṃ sabbakilesatimiravidhamanakaraṃ veneyyajanakumudavanavikasanakaraṃ munivararajanikaraṃ oloketīti attho. Yathāti nipātamattaṃ. Majjhanhikeva sūriyanti majjhanhikasamaye siriyā paṭutarakiraṇamālinaṃ aṃsumālinamiva virocamānaṃ. Narāsabhanti naravasabhaṃ.
45 就像燃烧的灯树一样光辉灿烂,意思是:他像秋日里圆满的月亮那样庄严美丽,面容光彩照人;以三十二相、八十种好庄严的殊胜身,放射出无上佛陀的威光。“或者像灯树一样”,是说像一棵挂满点燃灯盏的灯树。“像初升的太阳一样升起”,是说像刚刚升起的朝阳,以柔和的光明照耀,这就是它的意思。说太阳“初升”,是就它刚升起而言;因为太阳并不像月亮那样有增减变化。“以丈光遍染”,是指被佛陀身周常照一丈的光明所映照。“他看见那位智者、世间导师”,意思是:他看见这位一切世间中的智者、导师。巴利
45.Jalantanti daddaḷhamānaṃ, saradasamayaṃ paripuṇṇacandasassirikacāruvadanasobhaṃ lakkhaṇānubyañjanasamalaṅkatavarasarīraṃ paramāya buddhasiriyā virocamānanti attho. Dīparukkhaṃ vāti āropitadīpaṃ dīparukkhamiva. Taruṇasūriyaṃva uggatanti abhinavoditādiccamiva, sommabhāvena jalantanti attho. Sūriyassa taruṇabhāvo pana udayaṃ paṭicca vuccati. Na hi candassa viya hānivuddhiyo atthi. Byāmappabhānurañjitanti byāmappabhāya anurañjitaṃ. Dhīraṃ passati lokanāyakanti sabbalokekadhīraṃ passati nāyakanti attho.
这时,具寿法将舍利弗站在鹫峰山上——这座山的峰顶被极其清凉的湖水与流泉所环抱亲吻,种种芬芳的树木和花朵让峰顶弥漫着香气,景致极其瑰丽动人——他看见世尊被来自一万个轮围世界的天众和梵天众围绕,以无上的佛陀祥瑞、无与伦比的佛陀威仪,在一切珍宝铺成的经行处经行。于是他心想:“我现在应当去亲近世尊,请求他宣说一部彰显佛德的《佛种姓经》。”这样思惟之后,他便召集了与自己同住的五百位比丘。因此这样说:巴利
Athāyasmā dhammasenāpati atisītalasaliladharanikaraparicumbitakūṭe nānāvidhasurabhitarukusumavāsitakūṭe paramaruciracittakūṭe gijjhakūṭe pabbate ṭhatvāva dasahi cakkavāḷasahassehi āgatehi devabrahmagaṇehi parivutaṃ bhagavantaṃ anuttarāya buddhasiriyā anopamāya buddhalīḷāya sabbaratanamaye caṅkame caṅkamamānaṃ disvā – ‘‘handāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā buddhaguṇaparidīpanaṃ buddhavaṃsadesanaṃ yāceyya’’nti cintetvā attanā saddhiṃ vasamānāni pañca bhikkhusatāni sannipātesi. Tena vuttaṃ –
五百位比丘,已经完成了应做的事,安住于不动境界。
他把那些漏尽、无垢的圣者们,在刹那间召集到一起。巴利
‘‘Pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ, katakiccāna tādinaṃ; Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, khaṇena sannipātayī’’ti.
在这里,应当把“五百比丘”中的属格理解为业格的意义,也就是指动作的对象。“所作已办”的意思是:对于四圣谛,通过四种道,以遍知、断除、作证、修习的方式,彻底完成了十六种应做之事。“诸漏尽者”指已经断尽四种漏的人。“无垢”指远离了尘垢的人;或者因为漏尽而清净,意思是心相续达到极其清净。“刹那之间”就是指就在那一刹那。“召集”就是聚集起来。巴利
Tattha pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānanti pañca bhikkhusatāni, upayogatthe sāmivacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Katakiccānanti catūsu saccesu catūhi maggehi pariññāpahānasacchikiriyabhāvanāvasena pariniṭṭhitasoḷasakiccānanti attho. Khīṇāsavānanti parikkhīṇacaturāsavānaṃ. Vimalānanti vigatamalānaṃ , khīṇāsavattā vā vimalānaṃ paramaparisuddhacittasantānānanti attho. Khaṇenāti khaṇeyeva. Sannipātayīti sannipātesi.
现在,为了说明那些比丘聚集和前往的原因:巴利
Idāni tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sannipāte gamane ca kāraṇaṃ dassanatthaṃ –
他展示了名为“令世间生起净信”的神变。
我们也去那里,向胜者顶礼。巴利
‘‘Lokappasādanaṃ nāma, pāṭihīraṃ nidassayi; Amhepi tattha gantvāna, vandissāma mayaṃ jinaṃ.
来吧,我们全都去,我们将舍弃(世俗)去见胜者。
见到世间导师之后,我们要断除疑惑。这些就是所说的偈颂。巴利
‘‘Etha sabbe gamissāma, tucchissāma mayaṃ jinaṃ; Kaṅkhaṃ vinodayissāma, passitvā lokanāyaka’’nti. – imā gāthāyo vuttā;
在这里,“令世间净信”这个名称,是因为能使世间生起净信,所以这种神变就称为“令世间净信”。也有一种读法是“ullokappasādanaṃ”,意思是“开示世界的神变”。这种神变说的是:从上面的色究竟天一直到下面的无间地狱,在这中间化作一片光明,并决意让这中间所有众生都能互相看见。“展示”就是示现。“我们也”就是我们同样。“那里”是指世尊所在的地方,意思是到了那里。“我们将顶礼”就是我们要以头面顶礼世尊的双足。不过在这里,“我们也”和“我们”这两个词,前一个应当理解为与前往的动作相关,后一个与顶礼的动作相关;否则就会因为重复而说不通。巴利
Tattha lokappasādanaṃ nāmāti lokassa pasādakaraṇato lokappasādanaṃ pāṭihīraṃ vuccati. ‘‘Ullokappasādanaṃ nāmātipi pāṭho, tassa lokavivaraṇapāṭihāriyanti attho. Taṃ pana uddhaṃ akaniṭṭhabhavanato heṭṭhā yāva avīci etthantare ekālokaṃ katvā etthantare sabbesampi sattānaṃ aññamaññaṃ dassanakaraṇādhiṭṭhānanti vuccati. Nidassayīti dassesi. Amhepīti mayampi. Tatthāti yattha bhagavā, tattha gantvānāti attho. Vandissāmāti mayaṃ bhagavato pāde sirasā vandissāma. Ettha pana amhepi, mayanti imesaṃ dvinnaṃ saddānaṃ purimassa gamanakiriyāya sambandho daṭṭhabbo, pacchimassa vandanakiriyāya. Itarathā hi punaruttidosato na muccati.
“来吧”就是“你们过来”。对于“我们将消除疑惑”这句话,这里有人问:然而漏尽者根本没有所谓的疑惑,为什么长老这样说呢?确实如此,因为疑惑在第一道时就已被彻底断除。正如所说:巴利
Ethāti āgacchatha. Kaṅkhaṃvinodayissāmāti etthāha – khīṇāsavānaṃ pana kaṅkhā nāma kācipi natthi, kasmā thero evamāhāti? Saccamevetaṃ, paṭhamamaggeneva samucchedaṃ gatā. Yathāha –
哪些法应当通过见道来断除呢?就是四种与恶见相应的心生起、与疑相应的心生起,以及会使人堕入恶趣的贪、嗔、痴、慢,还有与这些烦恼同属一类的其他烦恼。巴利
‘‘Katame dhammā dassanena pahātabbāti? Cattāro diṭṭhigatasampayuttacittuppādā vicikicchāsahagato cittuppādo apāyagamanīyo lobho doso moho māno tadekaṭṭhā ca kilesā’’ti (dha. sa. 1405 thokaṃ visadisaṃ).
不过,这并不是被称为“疑”的那种疑惑,而是对施设的无知。长老其实是想向世尊询问佛陀的传承,但那是只有诸佛才能了知的境界,不是独觉佛和佛的声闻弟子所能了知的。因此应当知道,长老是因为这不在自己的境界范围内,才那样说的。Vinodayissāmāti 意思是“我们将会去除”。巴利
Na panesā vicikicchāsaṅkhātā kaṅkhāti, kintu paññattiajānanaṃ nāma. Thero pana bhagavantaṃ buddhavaṃsaṃ pucchitukāmo, so pana buddhānaṃyeva visayo, na paccekabuddhabuddhasāvakānaṃ, tasmā thero avisayattā evamāhāti veditabbaṃ. Vinodayissāmāti vinodessāma.
于是,那些比丘听了长老的话,各自拿起自己的衣钵,像善加调伏的大象一样,烦恼已断、系缚已解,少欲知足,远离而住,不与人混杂,具足戒、定、慧、解脱、解脱知见,急忙聚集到一起。因此说:巴利
Atha kho te bhikkhū therassa vacanaṃ sutvā attano attano pattacīvaramādāya suvammitā viya mahānāgā pabhinnakilesā chinnabandhanā appicchā santuṭṭhā pavivittā asaṃsaṭṭhā sīlasamādhipaññāvimuttivimuttiñāṇadassanasampannā taramānā sannipattiṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ –
他们回答“善哉”,这些明智的人守护着根门;
他们拿起衣钵,匆匆赶了过来。巴利
‘‘Sādhūti te paṭissutvā, nipakā saṃvutindriyā; Pattacīvaramādāya, taramānā upāgamu’’nti.
在这里,“善哉”这个词出现在请求、接受、随喜、美好等语境中。比如在“善哉,尊者世尊,请您为我简要说法”这类句子里,它是用在请求的语境。在“那位比丘欢喜赞同世尊所说之后,说‘善哉,尊者’”这类句子里,它是用在接受的语境。在“善哉,善哉,舍利弗”这类句子里,它是用在随喜的语境。巴利
Tattha sādhūti ayaṃ sādhu-saddo āyācanasampaṭicchanasampahaṃsanasundarādīsu dissati. Tathā hesa – ‘‘sādhu me, bhante bhagavā, saṃkhittena dhammaṃ desetū’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 4.95; 5.382; a. ni. 4.257) āyācane dissati. ‘‘Sādhu, bhanteti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.86) sampaṭicchane. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, sāriputtā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.349) sampahaṃsane.
乐于正法的国王真好,有智慧的人真好。
对朋友不欺骗是好事,不造恶业是快乐。(“善哉”的意思是“好”,即接受了长老所说,这就是它的含义。)巴利
‘‘Sādhu dhammaruci rājā, sādhu paññāṇavā naro; Sādhu mittānamaddubbho, pāpassākaraṇaṃ sukha’’nti. –
在“ādi”等词中(《本生注》2.18.101),“sundara”是“美好”的意思。在这里,“sampaṭicchana”是“接受”的意思。因此,“sādhu suṭṭhu”的意思是:接受了长老的话,这就是它的含义(《长部注》1.189;《中部注》1.1 经序注释;《相应部注》1.115 火婆罗门经注释)。“Nipakā”指贤明、有智慧的人。“Saṃvutindriyā”指在诸根上守护好门,也就是具足根律仪的意思。“Taramānā”指匆促、急忙。“Upāgamuṃ”指前去亲近长老。巴利
Ādīsu (jā. 2.18.101) sundare. Idha sampaṭicchane. Tasmā sādhu suṭṭhūti therassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvāti attho (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.189; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1 suttanikkhepavaṇṇanā; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 1.115 aggikabhāradvājasuttavaṇṇanā). Nipakāti paṇḍitā paññavantā. Saṃvutindriyāti indriyesu guttadvārā, indriyasaṃvarasamannāgatāti attho. Taramānāti turitā. Upāgamunti theraṃ upasaṅkamiṃsu.
50-1 现在,结集经典的诸位大德为了说明法将(舍利弗)的行事风范,诵出了“诸漏已尽者、清净无染者”等偈颂。其中,“dantehi”是指以身和心都已调伏。“Uttame dameti”是指在阿罗汉果位上的最上调伏,这里的处格应理解为“因……之故”的意思。“Tehi bhikkhūhīti”是指那五百位比丘。“Mahāgaṇī”:因为他在戒等功德方面以及人数方面都拥有广大的僧团,所以叫“大团体者”;或者也可以理解为,从不同词项来说,因戒等功德而拥有广大僧团,所以叫“大团体”,拥有广大僧团,所以叫“大团体者”。“Laḷanto devova gagane”是指以神通游戏而嬉戏着,犹如天神一般,前往虚空之中亲近世尊,这就是其含义。巴利
50-1. Idāni dhammasenāpatissa pavattiṃ dassentehi saṅgītikārakehi ‘‘khīṇāsavehi vimalehī’’tiādigāthāyo vuttā tattha dantehīti kāyena ca cittena ca dantehi. Uttame dameti arahatte, nimittatthe bhummaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tehi bhikkhūhīti pañcahi bhikkhusatehi. Mahāgaṇīti sīlādīhi ca saṅkhyāvasena ca mahanto gaṇo assa atthīti mahāgaṇī, nānāpadavasena vā sīlādīhi guṇehi mahanto gaṇoti mahāgaṇo, mahāgaṇo assa atthīti mahāgaṇī. Laḷanto devova gaganeti iddhivilāsena vilāsento devo viya gaganatale bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamīti attho.
52 52. 现在,为了说明“他们以那样的方式前来亲近”这一亲近的方式,开始说“咳嗽和吐痰”等语。其中,“咳嗽”指咳嗽的声音,“吐痰”指吐痰的声音。“置之不理”意思是忽视、不做这两件事。“善行”指具有极清净的头陀功德。“有恭敬”指带有恭敬,也就是行为谦卑的意思。巴利
52. Idāni ‘‘te itthambhūtā upasaṅkamiṃsū’’ti upasaṅkamavidhānadassanatthaṃ ‘‘ukkāsitañca khipita’’ntiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha ukkāsitañcāti ukkāsitasaddañca. Khipitanti khipitasaddañca. Ajjhupekkhiyāti upekkhitvā, taṃ ubhayaṃ akatvāti adhippāyo. Subbatāti suvimaladhutaguṇā. Sappatissāti sahapatissayā, nīcavuttinoti attho.
53 “自生者”的意思是:不靠别人的教导,自己圆满诸波罗蜜而证得佛果。“极高升”指刚刚升起。至于“如同月亮”,是说像月亮一样——他们看见世尊在天空中光耀,就像看见天空中的月亮。应当这样理解词句之间的关系。这里“yathā”也只是个虚词。巴利
53.Sayambhunti sayameva aññāpadesaṃ vinā pāramiyo pūretvā adhigatabuddhabhāvanti attho. Accuggatanti abhinavoditaṃ. Candaṃ vāti candaṃ viya, nabhe jalantaṃ bhagavantaṃ gagane candaṃ viya passantīti evaṃ padasambandho daṭṭhabbo. Idhāpi yathā-saddo nipātamattova.
54 吹动闪电,就像吹动闪电云一样。意思是:如果它是长久持续的,而光芒是短暂的,那就会是那样。如同在天空中:就像在虚空里,这里“如同”这个词也只是虚词。从这里往后,在类似这样的地方,都应该把“如同”这个词看作单纯的虚词。巴利
54.Vijjuṃ vāti vijjughanaṃ viya. Yadi ciraṭṭhitikā acirappabhā assa tādisanti attho. Gagane yathāti ākāse yathā, idhāpi yathā-saddo nipātamattova. Ito parampi īdisesu ṭhānesu yathā-saddo nipātamattoti daṭṭhabbo.
55 就像一座极其深广的大湖,湖水清澈没有浑浊。“犹如盛开的莲花”:应当这样理解其含义——就像长满盛开莲花的莲池之湖。也有版本写作“犹如盛开的莲花”,意思是:因为它可爱动人,就像盛开的莲花林。巴利
55.Rahadamiva vippasannanti atigambhīravitthataṃ mahārahadaṃ viya anāvilaṃ vippasannaṃ salilaṃ. Suphullaṃ padumaṃ yathāti suvikasitapadumavanaṃ rahadamivāti attho daṭṭhabbo. ‘‘Suphullaṃ kamalaṃ yathā’’tipi pāṭho, tassa kamanīyabhāvena suphullaṃ kamalavanamivāti attho.
56 这时,以法将为首的那些比丘把合掌举到头顶,俯身拜倒在十力者那双足底有轮相庄严的脚前,这就是这段话的意思。因此才说“合掌举起,欢喜踊跃”等等。这里的“nipatanti”就是他们俯身拜倒,也就是礼敬的意思。“Cakkalakkhaṇe”是说,哪只脚上有轮相,那只脚就是“有轮相的脚”,这里指的就是那双有轮相的脚。“pāde”是按类别而说的,意思是他们俯身拜倒在导师那双足底有轮相庄严的脚前。巴利
56. Atha te bhikkhū dhammasenāpatippamukhā añjaliṃ sirasi katvā dasabalassa cakkālaṅkatatalesu pādesu nipatiṃsūti attho. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘añjaliṃ paggahetvāna, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā pamoditā’’tiādi. Tattha nipatantīti nipatiṃsu, vandiṃsūti attho. Cakkalakkhaṇeti cakkaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ yasmiṃ pāde so pādo cakkalakkhaṇo, tasmiṃ cakkalakkhaṇe. Jātivasena ‘‘pāde’’ti vuttaṃ, satthuno cakkālaṅkatatalesu pādesu nipatiṃsūti attho.
57 57. 现在,为了指出其中某些长老的名字,说了这些偈颂:“舍利弗有大智慧,如克兰达花一般”等等。其中,“如克兰达花一般”(koraṇḍasamasādiso)的意思是:肤色就像克兰达花(koraṇḍa)的颜色。如果是这样,应该说“koraṇḍasamo”(如克兰达花)或“koraṇḍasadiso”(似克兰达花),为什么两次说“samasādiso”(相等、相似)呢?这并没有过失:正因为他与克兰达花相等(koraṇḍasama),又具有与克兰达花相似的特性,所以才称作“如克兰达花一般”(koraṇḍasamasādiso)。并不是因为辞藻上的重复,而是为了表达这个意思。“善于禅那、等至者”(Samādhijjhānakusalo):这里的“善巧”(kusala)一词,可见于健康(ārogya)、无过失(anavajja)、擅长(cheka)、乐报(sukhavipāka)等多种意义。这个字确实可见于这些地方:如“尊者的健康(kusalaṃ)可好?无病无痛吧?”等句中,即表示健康。“大王,什么样的身行是善(kusala)呢?大王,身行无过失”等句中,表示无过失。“你是擅长(kusala)战车各部件的”等句中,表示擅长。“因造作、积集善(kusala)业”等句中,表示乐报。但在这里,应当理解为擅长。Vandateti vandittha。巴利
57. Idāni tesaṃ kesañci therānaṃ nāmaṃ dassentehi ‘‘sāriputto mahāpañño, koraṇḍasamasādiso’’tiādi gāthāyo vuttā. Tattha koraṇḍasamasādisoti koraṇḍakusumasadisavaṇṇo, yadi evaṃ ‘‘koraṇḍasamo’’ti vā, ‘‘koraṇḍasadiso’’ti vā vattabbaṃ, kiṃ dvikkhattuṃ ‘‘samasādiso’’ti vuttanti ce? Nāyaṃ doso, tādiso koraṇḍasamattā koraṇḍasadisabhāveneva koraṇḍasamasādiso. Na panādhikavacanavasenāti adhippāyo. Samādhijjhānakusaloti ettha ayaṃ kusala-saddo tāva arogyānavajjachekasukhavipākādīsu dissati. Ayañhi ‘‘kacci nu bhoto kusalaṃ, kacci bhoto anāmaya’’ntiādīsu (jā. 1.15.146; 2.20.129) ārogye dissati. ‘‘Katamo pana, bhante, kāyasamācāro kusalo ? Yo kho, mahārāja, kāyasamācāro anavajjo’’ti (ma. ni. 2.361) evamādīsu anavajje. ‘‘Kusalo tvaṃ rathassa aṅgapaccaṅgāna’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.87) cheke. ‘‘Kusalassa kammassa katattā upacitattā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 431 ādayo) sukhavipāke. Idha pana cheke daṭṭhabbo. Vandateti vandittha.
58 58. 发出雷鸣般吼声的,就是“雷鸣者”。或者说,像青色雨云一样发出雷鸣——这里的意思是,这是神通境界的展现。颜色像青色睡莲一样,就是说肤色像青莲花那样。“下面所说的方式”在这里也应同样理解。目犍连:他本名拘律陀,因为族姓的关系而得到这个名字。巴利
58.Gajjitāti gajjantīti gajjitā. Kālamegho vāti nīlasaliladharo viya gajjitā iddhivisayeti adhippāyo. Nīluppalasamasādisoti nīlakuvalayasadisavaṇṇo. Heṭṭhā vuttanayenevetthāpi attho veditabbo. Moggallānoti evaṃ gottavasena laddhanāmo kolito.
59 关于“大迦叶”(Mahākassapopi ca):在优楼频螺·迦叶、那提·迦叶、伽耶·迦叶、童子迦叶这些地位较低的长老当中,这位长老最为尊大,所以被称为“大迦叶”。“pi ca”(又)这个词,表示敬重和总括的意思。“肤色如炽热黄金”(Uttattakanakasannibho):是说他的肤色像烧得炽热的黄金一样。“于头陀功德”(Dhutaguṇe):这里,因为能抖落烦恼,法就被叫做“头陀”(dhuta),头陀功德就是头陀法。那么,什么是头陀法呢?就是少欲、知足、减损、远离、求于此这五种法,它们是围绕着头陀支思而存在的。依据“即依少欲”等经文所说,这些就被称为头陀法。或者,因为能抖落烦恼的智慧名为头陀,所以就那头陀的功德而说。“被列为第一”(Agganikkhitto):被安立为最上、最胜、达到顶点。意思是说,在某个场合中被安立为:“诸比丘,在我的声闻比丘弟子中,头陀第一者,就是大迦叶。”(增支部1.188,191)不过,“agga”这个词,可以在“最初”“顶点”“部分”“最胜”等意思中出现。比如在“从今天起,亲爱的守门人,我禁止尼乾子、尼乾女入内”等语句中,它出现在“最初”的意思上。在“用那根手指尖去触碰那根手指尖”(论事441)、“甘蔗尖、竹尖”等语句中,它出现在“尖端”的意思上。在“酸味部分或甜味部分”(相应部5.374)、“诸比丘,我允许按精舍份额或庭院份额来分配”(小品318)等语句中,它出现在“部分”的意思上。在“诸比丘,一切众生,无论无足、二足……如来被称为它们中最上的”(增支部4.34)等语句中,它出现在“最胜”的意思上。这里应当理解为“最胜”的意思,也可以通于“顶点”。这位长老在自己的位置上既是最胜,也是达到顶点。因此说“被列为第一”,意思是被安立为最上、最胜、达到顶点(长部注1.250 归依谈话;波罗提木叉注1.15)。“被赞叹”(Thomito):被天、人等所赞叹。“为大师所称赞”(Satthu vaṇṇito):被大师所称赞、赞叹,也就是以“诸比丘,迦叶像月亮一样接近诸家,收摄身体、收摄心念,在诸家中始终如新人,不鲁莽”等许多经说(相应部2.146)所称赞、所赞扬。他(迦叶)也礼敬世尊,这就是意思。巴利
59.Mahākassapopi cāti uruvelakassapanadīkassapagayākassapakumārakassape khuddānukhuddake there upādāya ayaṃ mahā, tasmā ‘‘mahākassapo’’ti vutto. Pi cāti sambhāvanasampiṇḍanattho. Uttattakanakasannibhoti santattasuvaṇṇasadisachavivaṇṇo. Dhutaguṇeti ettha kilesadhunanato dhammo dhuto nāma, dhutaguṇo nāma dhutadhammo. Katamo pana dhutadhammo nāma? Appicchatā, santuṭṭhitā, sallekhatā, pavivekatā, idamaṭṭhikatāti ime dhutaṅgacetanāya parivārabhūtā pañca dhammā ‘‘appicchaṃyeva nissāyā’’tiādivacanato dhutadhammā nāma. Atha vā kilese dhunanato ñāṇaṃ dhutaṃ nāma, tasmiṃ dhutaguṇe. Agganikkhittoti aggo seṭṭho koṭibhūtoti ṭhapito. ‘‘Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhutavādānaṃ yadidaṃ mahākassapo’’ti (a. ni. 1.188, 191) ṭhānantare ṭhapitoti attho. Ayaṃ pana agga-saddo ādikoṭikoṭṭhāsaseṭṭhādīsu dissati. Tathā hesa – ‘‘ajjatagge, samma dovārika , āvarāmi dāraṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ nigaṇṭhīna’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.70) ādimhi dissati. ‘‘Teneva aṅgulaggena taṃ aṅgulaggaṃ parāmaseyya’’ (kathā. 441), ‘‘ucchaggaṃ veḷagga’’ntiādīsu koṭiyaṃ. ‘‘Ambilaggaṃ vā madhuraggaṃ vā’’ (saṃ. ni. 5.374) ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vihāraggena vā pariveṇaggena vā bhājetu’’ntiādīsu (cūḷava. 318) koṭṭhāse. ‘‘Yāvatā, bhikkhave, sattā apadā vā dvipadā vā…pe… tathāgato tesaṃ aggamakkhāyatī’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 4.34) seṭṭhe. Svāyamidha seṭṭhe daṭṭhabbo. Koṭiyampi vattati. Thero attano ṭhāne seṭṭho ceva koṭibhūto ca. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘agganikkhitto’’ti, aggo seṭṭho koṭibhūtoti attho (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.250 saraṇagamanakathā; pārā. aṭṭha. 1.15). Thomitoti pasaṃsito devamanussādīhi. Satthu vaṇṇitoti satthārā vaṇṇito thuto, ‘‘kassapo, bhikkhave, candūpamo kulāni upasaṅkamati apakasseva kāyaṃ apakassa cittaṃ niccanavako kulesu appagabbho’’ti evamādīhi anekehi suttanayehi (saṃ. ni. 2.146) vaṇṇito pasattho, sopi bhagavantaṃ vandatīti attho.
60 天眼者:拥有天眼的人,就叫天眼者。在这些拥有天眼的比丘当中,他是最上、最殊胜的,这就是这句话的意思。正如经中所说:“诸比丘,在我的声闻比丘弟子中,天眼第一的,就是阿那律。”阿那律长老是世尊的小叔父——一位名叫阿弥陀丹的释迦族人的儿子,是摩诃男的弟弟,福德广大,身体极其娇贵。他带着自己一共七个人,从家里出来,出家过起了没有家的生活。他出家的前后经过,记载在《破僧犍度》里。在不远处:就是指在世尊跟前。巴利
60.Dibbacakkhūnanti dibbaṃ cakkhu yesaṃ atthi te dibbacakkhū, tesaṃ dibbacakkhūnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ aggo seṭṭhoti attho. Yathāha – ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dibbacakkhukānaṃ yadidaṃ anuruddho’’ti (a. ni. 1.188, 192). Anuruddhatthero bhagavato cūḷapituno amitodanassa nāma sakkassa putto mahānāmassa kaniṭṭhabhātā mahāpuñño paramasukhumālo, so attasattamo nikkhamitvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito, tassa pabbajjānukkamo saṅghabhedakakkhandhake (cūḷava. 330 ādayo) āgatova. Avidūre vāti bhagavato santikeyeva.
61 对犯戒和不犯戒都通达。对可以忏悔和不可以忏悔的也都通达,这就是意思。其中,可以忏悔的有六种,不可以忏悔的就是波罗夷罪。另有一种读法是“对犯戒和不犯戒、可以忏悔的都通达”,意思完全一样。在律方面,是指在律藏中。被列为第一,意思是“诸比丘,在我的声闻比丘弟子中,持律第一者,即优波离”,就这样被安立在第一的位置上。优波离,指优波离长老。被导师称扬,指被导师所称扬、所赞叹。据说这位长老确实是在如来的座前学通律藏后,把巴鲁迦贾卡事、阿朱卡事、童子迦叶事这三件事,与佛陀的一切知智相互对照印证之后才宣说出来。因此,这位长老以持律第一等方式被导师称扬。巴利
61.Āpattianāpattiyāti āpattiyañca anāpattiyañca kovido. Satekicchāyāti sappaṭikammāyapi appaṭikammāyapi cāti attho. Tattha sappaṭikammā sā chabbidhā hoti, appaṭikammā sā pārājikāpatti. ‘‘Āpattianāpattiyā, satekicchāya kovido’’tipi pāṭho, soyeva attho. Vinayeti vinayapiṭake. Agganikkhittoti ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave , mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vinayadharānaṃ yadidaṃ, upālī’’ti (a. ni. 1.219, 228) etadaggaṭṭhāne ṭhapitoti attho. Upālīti upālitthero. Satthu vaṇṇitoti satthārā vaṇṇito pasattho. Thero kira tathāgatasseva santike vinayapiṭakaṃ uggaṇhitvā bhārukacchakavatthuṃ (pārā. 78), ajjukavatthuṃ (pārā. 158), kumārakassapavatthunti (ma. ni. 1.249) imāni tīṇi vatthūni sabbaññutaññāṇena saddhiṃ saṃsanditvā kathesi. Tasmā thero vinayadharānaṃ aggoti evamādinā nayena satthārā vaṇṇitoti vutto.
62 他已透彻通达微细而精妙的义理。“通达微细精妙之义”就是说,他通达了微细而精妙的义理,也就是通达了微细而难以见到的义理。“说法者中最为殊胜”:在说法者之中最为上首。在《最上行列》的经文里,他被列入:“诸比丘,在我的声闻比丘弟子中,说法第一者,即满慈子。”(增支部1.188、196)因此说他是“说法者中最为殊胜”。“有众者”:指他拥有随行的僧团。据说,在长老座下出家的善家子弟有五百人。他们全都出生于十力世尊的诞生地,是同一地方的人,全都已漏尽,全都获得了十种论事。因此说他是“有众者”。“仙人”:因为他寻求、追寻善法,所以称为仙人。“曼达尼女之子”:即名为曼达尼的婆罗门女之子。“满慈”是他的名字。“闻名”:因为他自身少欲等功德而闻名。巴利
62.Sukhumanipuṇatthapaṭividdhoti paṭividdhasukhumanipuṇattho, paṭividdhaduddasanipuṇatthoti attho. Kathikānaṃ pavaroti dhammakathikānaṃ seṭṭho. ‘‘Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammakathikānaṃ yadidaṃ puṇṇo mantāṇiputto’’ti (a. ni. 1.188, 196) etadaggapāḷiyaṃ āropito. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘kathikānaṃ pavaro’’ti. Gaṇīti sasaṅgho. Therassa kira santike pabbajitā kulaputtā pañcasatā ahesuṃ. Sabbepi te dasabalassa jātabhūmikā jātaraṭṭhavāsino sabbeva khīṇāsavā sabbeva dasakathāvatthulābhino. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘gaṇī’’ti. Isīti esati gavesati kusale dhammeti isi. Mantāṇiyā puttoti mantāṇiyā nāma brāhmaṇiyā putto. Puṇṇoti tassa nāmaṃ. Vissutoti attano appicchatādīhi guṇehi vissuto.
阿若憍陈如长老则是在导师证得正觉、转起殊胜法轮之后,次第游化,来到王舍城,依止王舍城而住。后来他来到迦毗罗卫,度自己的外甥——一个名叫富楼那的童子出家,然后礼敬世尊、向世尊告辞,为了独自居住修行,自己去了六牙湖。富楼那则跟着长老一起来见世尊,心里想:“我要先把出家该做的事修到圆满,再去亲近十力世尊。”于是他就留在迦毗罗卫城里,如理作意,不久便证得阿罗汉果,然后才去拜见世尊。不过,这里把阿那律长老和优波离长老这两位说成是进入迦毗罗卫城、在亲族聚会的日子出家的,这与《犍度》正文和注释书都不相符。应当仔细考察之后再确定。巴利
Aññāsikoṇḍaññatthero pana satthari abhisambodhiṃ patvā pavattitavaradhammacakke anupubbena āgantvā rājagahaṃ upanissāya viharante kapilavatthuṃ āgantvā attano bhāgineyyaṃ puṇṇaṃ nāma māṇavaṃ pabbājetvā bhagavantaṃ vanditvā āpucchitvā nivāsatthāya sayaṃ chaddantadahaṃ gato. Puṇṇo pana bhagavantaṃ dassanāya therena saddhiṃ āgantvā – ‘‘mayhaṃ pabbajitakiccaṃ matthakaṃ pāpetvāva dasabalassa santikaṃ gamissāmī’’ti kapilapureyeva ohīno, so yonisomanasikāraṃ karonto nacirasseva arahattaṃ patvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkami. Ettha pana anuruddhatthero ca upālitthero ca ime dve therā bhagavato kapilavatthupuraṃ pavisitvā ñātisamāgamadivase pabbajitā viya dassitā, taṃ pana khandhakapāḷiyā aṭṭhakathāya ca na sameti. Vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbaṃ.
这时,导师洞察了以舍利弗长老为首的五百位比丘的心行,便开始讲述自己的功德。因此说:巴利
Atha satthā sāriputtattherādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ cittācāramaññāya attano guṇe kathetumārabhi. Tena vuttaṃ –
了解了这些人的心念后,善于打比方的牟尼
能断除疑惑的大雄,宣说了自己的德行。巴利
‘‘Etesaṃ cittamaññāya, opammakusalo muni; Kaṅkhacchedo mahāvīro, kathesi attano guṇa’’nti.
在这其中,opammakusalo 是指善于运用譬喻的人。kaṅkhacchedo 是指能断除一切众生疑惑的人。巴利
Tattha opammakusaloti upamāya kusalo. Kaṅkhacchedoti sabbasattānaṃ saṃsayacchedako.
现在他要讲自己的功德,为了显示这些功德,便说道:巴利
Idāni te attano guṇe kathesi, te dassetuṃ –
有四种是不可数的,它们的尽头无人能到达;
有情身、虚空,以及无边的轮围界;
佛陀的智慧不可测量,他们无法了知这些。这是所说的。巴利
‘‘Cattāro te asaṅkhyeyyā, koṭi yesaṃ na nāyati; Sattakāyo ca ākāso, cakkavāḷā canantakā; Buddhañāṇaṃ appameyyaṃ, na sakkā ete vijānitu’’nti. – vuttaṃ;
其中,“四”是数量上的限定。“这些”则指向接下来要说的内容。“不可计数”是因为无法计算,所以叫不可计数,意思是超出了计算的范围。“尽头”等是终点或界限。“那些”指的是那四种不可计数。“不被了知”就是不被认知。现在为了说明以上所说的四种不可计数,便说了“众生蕴集”等。“众生蕴集”就是众生的集合,这个蕴集是无尽、无量、不可测度的。同样,虚空也没有边际。同样,轮围世界也是无穷无尽的。佛陀之智,即一切知智,是不可测度的。无法了知这些,是因为它们都是无尽的,所以无法了知。巴利
Tattha cattāroti gaṇanaparicchedo. Eteti idāni vattabbe atthe nidasseti. Asaṅkhyeyyāti saṅkhyātumasakkuṇeyyattā asaṅkhyeyyā, gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattāti attho. Koṭītiādi vā anto vā mariyādā. Yesanti yesaṃ catunnaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ. Na nāyatīti na paññāyati. Idāni te vuttappakāre cattāro asaṅkhyeyye dassetuṃ ‘‘sattakāyo’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Sattakāyoti sattasamūho, sattakāyo ananto aparimāṇo appameyyo. Tathā ākāso ākāsassāpi anto natthi. Tathā cakkavāḷāni anantāni eva. Buddhañāṇaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ appameyyaṃ. Na sakkā ete vijānitunti yasmā panete anantā, tasmā na sakkā vijānituṃ.
65 这时,导师对那些因自己的神通变化而生起惊奇稀有的天神、人类等说:这有什么稀奇的?还有比这更殊胜的稀有奇特之事,你们听我说。便展开法义开示说道:巴利
65. Idāni satthā attano iddhivikubbane sañjātacchariyabbhutānaṃ devamanussādīnaṃ kinnāmetaṃ acchariyaṃ, itopi visiṭṭhataraṃ acchariyaṃ abbhutaṃ atthi, mama taṃ suṇāthāti dhammadesanaṃ vaḍḍhento –
这世间有什么好稀奇的,不过是我展现神通变化罢了。
还有其他许多稀有、奇妙、令人汗毛直竖的事。他这样开始说道。巴利
‘‘Kimetaṃ acchariyaṃ loke, yaṃ me iddhivikubbanaṃ; Aññe bahū acchariyā, abbhutā lomahaṃsanā’’ti. – ādimāha;
在这里,“什么”这个说法是用来表示否定的。“这”则是指那个神变示现而说的。“哪个”这个词,在“我们所问的,你没有说;我们再问另一个,请你说那个吧”这类句子里,是作为受格出现的。在“比丘们,这是不可能的,没有这种机会:在一个世界界中,有两位阿拉汉、正自觉者同时出现”中,是作为原因格出现的。在“毗婆尸佛出现于劫中”中,是作为位格出现的。在“尊者,我在三十三天众天面前当面听闻、当面领受的,我向世尊禀告”这类句子里,是作为主格出现的。这里也应当看作主格。这是在表明:我还有许许多多稀有、奇妙、殊胜的事。巴利
Tattha kinti paṭikkhepavacanaṃ.Etanti idaṃ iddhivikubbanaṃ sandhāyāha. Yanti ayaṃ yaṃ-saddo ‘‘yaṃ taṃ apucchimha akittayī no, aññaṃ taṃ pucchāma tadiṅgha brūhī’’tiādīsu (su. ni. 1058; mahāni. 110; cūḷani. mettagūmāṇavapucchā 77) upayogavacane dissati . ‘‘Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso; yaṃ ekissā lokadhātuyā dve arahanto sammāsambuddhā’’ti (a. ni. 1.277; vibha. 809; mi. pa. 5.1.1) ettha kāraṇavacane. ‘‘Yaṃ vipassī bhagavā kappe udapādī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.4) ettha bhumme. ‘‘Yaṃ kho me, bhante, devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ, ārocemi taṃ bhagavato’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.293) paccattavacane. Idhāpi paccattavacane daṭṭhabbo (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.4). Aññe bahū mama acchariyā abbhutavisesā santīti dīpeti.
现在,为了说明那些稀有之事,他说道:巴利
Idāni te acchariye dassento –
那时我在兜率天身中,名叫善足;
一万个聚集到一起,双手合掌向我请求。巴利
‘‘Yadāhaṃ tusite kāye, santusito nāmahaṃ tadā; Dasasahassī samāgamma, yācanti pañjalī mama’’nti. – ādimāha;
这里说的“那时”,就是指那个时候。“我”是在指称自己。“在兜率天身中”,就是在名叫兜率天的天众群体里。然而,当我在圆满三十种波罗蜜、行过五种大舍、达到了利益亲族之行、利益世间之行、利益佛果之行的顶点,作了七百次大布施,七次令大地震动,从善施太子的身份死后,在第二个心识刹那投生到兜率天宫时,那时我也成为名叫善足的天王。“一万世界聚集”,是说一万个轮围世界里的天神们都聚集起来。“合掌向我请求”,是说他们来到我面前,合掌请求说:“贤者,您圆满十种波罗蜜,不是为了求得帝释的成就,不是为了魔的成就,不是为了梵天的成就,也不是为了转轮王的成就;您是为了度脱世间、渴望成佛才圆满的。现在正是您的时候,贤者,是成佛的时机,贤者,是成佛的时机。”他们这样向我请求。因此说道:巴利
Tattha yadāti yasmiṃ kāle. Ahanti attānaṃ niddisati. Tusite kāyeti tusitasaṅkhāte devanikāye. Yadā panāhaṃ samattiṃsapāramiyo pūretvā pañcamahāpariccāge pariccajitvā ñātatthacariyalokatthacariyabuddhatthacariyānaṃ koṭiṃ patvā sattasatakamahādānāni datvā sattakkhattuṃ pathaviṃ kampetvā vessantarattabhāvato cavitvā dutiye cittavāre tusitabhavane nibbatto tadāpi santusito nāma devarājā ahosiṃ. Dasasahassī samāgammāti dasasahassacakkavāḷesu devatā sannipatitvāti attho. Yācanti pañjalī mamanti maṃ upasaṅkamitvā, ‘‘mārisa, tayā dasa pāramiyo pūrentena na sakkasampattiṃ na māra na brahma na cakkavattisampattiṃ patthentena pūritā, lokanittharaṇatthāya pana buddhattaṃ patthayamānena pūritā, so tava kālo, mārisa, buddhattāya samayo , mārisa, buddhattāyā’’ti (jā. aṭṭha. 1.nidānakathā, avidūrenidānakathā) yācanti mamanti. Tena vuttaṃ –
大雄,你的时机到了,请降入母胎吧。
你正度脱着包含天神的世间,请觉悟那不死之境吧!巴利
‘‘Kālo kho te mahāvīra, uppajja mātukucchiyaṃ; Sadevakaṃ tārayanto, bujjhassu amataṃ pada’’nti.
在这里,“时到你”(kālo te)意思是“你的时机到了”(kālo tava),也可以按这个读法来理解。“出现吧”(uppajja):意思是去取结生,也有读作“降入吧”(okkamāti)的。“含天神的”(sadevakaṃ):意思是包括天神在内的世间。“度脱着”(tārayanto):在这里,即使是在圆满诸波罗蜜的时候,也叫度脱;让诸波罗蜜达到顶点,也叫度脱;从须大拏的身体命终后,在兜率天取结生,在那里住上五十七千万又六百万年,也叫度脱;受诸天请求,作了五种大观察之后,入摩诃摩耶夫人的胎中取结生,十月住胎,也叫度脱;在俗家安住二十九年,也叫度脱;在罗睺罗王子出生那天,以车匿为伴,骑上犍陟马出走,越过三个王国,在阿耨摩河畔出家,也叫度脱;六年精勤修行后,在毗舍佉月满月之日登上大菩提座,摧破魔军,初夜分随念宿住,中夜分清净天眼,后夜分顺逆观察十二支缘起而证入流道,也叫度脱;在入流果的刹那、一来道的刹那、一来果的刹那、不来道的刹那、不来果的刹那、阿罗汉道的刹那、阿罗汉果的刹那,也叫度脱。当他一万八千亿天神众前,给五比丘授予不死之饮,从那时起,就说他“度脱”了。因此说:巴利
Tattha kālo teti kālo tava, ayameva vā pāṭho. Uppajjāti paṭisandhiṃ gaṇha, ‘‘okkamā’’tipi pāṭho. Sadevakanti sadevakaṃ lokanti attho. Tārayantoti ettha pāramiyo pūrentopi tārayati nāma, pāramiyo matthakaṃ pāpentopi tārayati nāma, vessantarattabhāvato cavitvā tusitapure paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā saṭṭhivassasatasahassādhikāni sattapaṇṇāsavassakoṭiyo tattha tiṭṭhantopi tārayati nāma, devatāhi yācito pañcavidhaṃ mahāvilokitaṃ viloketvā mahāmāyādeviyā kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhantopi dasamāse gabbhavāsaṃ vasantopi tārayati nāma, ekūnatiṃsa vassāni agāramajjhe tiṭṭhantopi tārayati nāma. Rāhulabhaddassa jātadivase channasahāyo kaṇḍakaṃ āruyha nikkhamantopi tīṇi rajjāni atikkamitvā anomāya nāma nadiyā tīre pabbajantopi tārayati nāma, chabbassāni padhānaṃ karontopi visākhapuṇṇamāyaṃ mahābodhimaṇḍaṃ āruyha mārabalaṃ vidhamitvā paṭhamayāme pubbenivāsaṃ anussaritvā majjhimayāme dibbacakkhuṃ visodhetvā pacchimayāme dvādasaṅgaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ anulomapaṭilomato sammasitvā sotāpattimaggaṃ paṭivijjhantopi tārayati nāma, sotāpattiphalakkhaṇepi, sakadāgāmimaggakkhaṇepi, sakadāgāmiphalakkhaṇepi, anāgāmimaggakkhaṇepi, anāgāmiphalakkhaṇepi, arahattamaggakkhaṇepi, arahattaphalakkhaṇepi tārayati nāma, yadā aṭṭhārasadevatākoṭisahassehi pañcavaggiyānaṃ amatapānaṃ adāsi, tato paṭṭhāya tārayi nāmāti vuccati. Tena vuttaṃ –
你正度脱着包含天神的世间,请觉悟那不死之境吧!巴利
‘‘Sadevakaṃ tārayanto, bujjhassu amataṃ pada’’nti.
那时,菩萨虽然受到天众的劝请,却没有马上答应他们,而是先按照时间、大洲方域、族姓、母亲和寿命这五个方面,作了所谓“大观察”的观察。其中,他先观察“现在是不是合适的时间”。在这里,人寿超过十万岁时,不算合适的时间。为什么?因为那时生、老、死等现象还不明显,而诸佛的说法必定不离三法印;如果对他们讲“无常、苦、无我”,他们就会想:“这些人在说什么?”无法生起信心,因此也就不能证悟。没有证悟,教法就不能引导众生出离生死,所以那时不是合适的时间。人寿少于百岁时,也不是合适的时间。为什么?因为那时的众生烦恼极其粗重,对烦恼极其粗重的人施设教诫,教诫就站不住脚,所以那时也不是合适的时间。从人寿十万岁往下,到人寿百岁以上之间,这段寿量才叫作合适的时间。现在人的寿命正好是百岁,于是菩萨看出:“这正是应当降生的时候。”巴利
Atha mahāsatto devatāhi yāciyamānopi devatānaṃ paṭiññaṃ adatvāva kāladīpadesakulajanettiāyuparicchedavasena pañcavidhaṃ mahāvilokanaṃ nāma vilokesi. Tattha ‘‘kālo nu kho, na kālo’’ti paṭhamaṃ kālaṃ vilokesi. Tattha vassasatasahassato uddhaṃ āyukālo kālo nāma na hoti. Kasmā? Jātijarāmaraṇādīnaṃ apākaṭattā, buddhānañca dhammadesanā nāma tilakkhaṇamuttā nāma natthi, tesaṃ aniccaṃ dukkhamanattāti kathentānaṃ ‘‘kinnāmete kathentī’’ti na saddahanti, tato abhisamayo na hoti, tasmiṃ asati aniyyānikaṃ sāsanaṃ hoti . Tasmā so akālo. Vassasatato ūno āyukālopi kālo na hoti. Kasmā? Tadā sattā ussannakilesā honti, ussannakilesānañca dinno ovādo ovādaṭṭhāne na tiṭṭhati, tasmā sopi akālo. Vassasatasahassato paṭṭhāya heṭṭhā vassasatato paṭṭhāya uddhaṃ āyukālo kālo nāma. Idāni vassasatāyukā manussāti atha bodhisatto ‘‘nibbattitabbakālo’’ti addasa.
接着观察洲岛,看到“诸佛只出现在阎浮提洲”,于是选定了洲。然后他想,阎浮提洲方圆一万由旬,极为广大,“诸佛到底在哪个地方出世呢?”便观察地方,看到了中土。接着观察族姓,看到“诸佛都出生在世间公认的族姓中,如今刹帝利族是世间公认的,我要出生在那里,净饭王将成为我的父亲”,于是选定了族姓。接着观察母亲,看到“佛母不会轻浮、贪酒、放逸,而是五戒圆满无缺。这位摩耶夫人正是这样的人,她将成为我的母亲。她的寿命还有多长呢?”这样推度时,看到还有十个月零七天。就这样作了五种观察之后,对天众承诺说:“诸位,我成佛的时候到了。”在那里住到寿命尽时,从那里命终后,在释迦族摩耶夫人的腹中结生。因此这样说——巴利
Tato dīpaṃ olokento ‘‘jambudīpeyeva buddhā nibbattantī’’ti dīpaṃ passi. Tato jambudīpo nāma mahā dasayojanasahassaparimāṇo, katarasmiṃ nu kho padese buddhā nibbattantī’’ti desaṃ vilokento majjhimadesaṃ passi. Tato kulaṃ vilokento ‘‘buddhā nāma lokasammate kule nibbattanti, idāni khattiyakulaṃ lokasammataṃ, tattha nibbattissāmi, suddhodano nāma me rājā pitā bhavissatī’’ti kulaṃ addasa. Tato mātaraṃ vilokento ‘‘buddhamātā nāma lolā surādhuttā na hoti, akhaṇḍapañcasīlāti ayañca mahāmāyā nāma devī edisā, ayaṃ me mātā bhavissatīti kittakaṃ assā āyū’’ti āvajjento dasannaṃ māsānaṃ upari sattadivasāni passi. Iti imaṃ pañcavidhavilokanaṃ viloketvā – ‘‘kālo me, mārisa, buddhabhāvāyā’’ti devatānaṃ paṭiññaṃ datvā tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā tato cavitvā sakyarājakule māyādeviyā kucchiyaṃ paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi (jā. aṭṭha. 1.nidānakathā, avidūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.nidānakathā, avidūrenidānakathā). Tena vuttaṃ –
从兜率天众的身体死后,当他降入母胎时;
那时,一万世界的大地都震动了。巴利
‘‘Tusitā kāyā cavitvāna, yadā okkami kucchiyaṃ; Dasasahassīlokadhātu, kampittha dharaṇī tadā’’ti. – ādi;
在这里,“降入”就是进入、入。“入母胎”就是在母亲的胎中。所谓“一万世界震动”,是说这位具念具知的菩萨降入母胎时,以十九种结生心当中与慈心前分相似、与悦俱、与智相应、无行的善心相似的大异熟心,在頞沙荼月满月那天,正好是郁多罗頞沙荼星宿之时,取了结生。那时,一万世界全部震动、摇动、剧烈震动,就是这个意思。“大地”就是能持一切不动与有动者,所以叫大地,也就是土地。巴利
Tattha okkamīti okkamiṃ pāvisiṃ. Kucchiyanti mātukucchimhi. Dasasahassīlokadhātu, kampitthāti sato sampajāno pana bodhisatto mātukucchiṃ okkamanto ekūnavīsatiyā paṭisandhicittesu mettāpubbabhāgassa somanassasahagatañāṇasampayuttaasaṅkhārikakusalacittassa sadisa mahāvipākacittena āsāḷhipuṇṇamāyaṃ uttarāsāḷhanakkhatteneva paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. Tadā dasasahassīlokadhātu sakalāpi kampi saṅkampi sampakampīti attho. Dharaṇīti dhāreti sabbe thāvarajaṅgameti dharaṇī, pathavī.
69 当我具念正知地从母胎出来时,就像说法师从法座下来,又像人从阶梯上下来,伸展两手两脚,站着就出来了,不被任何母胎所生的不净所沾染。他们发出赞叹之声,就是他们发出“善哉”之声,施与赞叹的意思。震动,就是震动;在入胎时和出母胎时,一万世界都震动了,就是这个意思。巴利
69.Sampajānova nikkhaminti ettha yadā panāhaṃ sato sampajānova mātukucchito dhammāsanato otaranto dhammakathiko viya nisseṇito otaranto puriso viya ca dve hatthe ca pāde ca pasāretvā ṭhitakova mātukucchisambhavena kenaci asucinā amakkhitova nikkhamiṃ. Sādhukāraṃ pavattentīti sādhukāraṃ pavattayanti, sādhukāraṃ dentīti attho. Pakampitthāti kampittha, okkamanepi mātukucchito nikkhamanepi dasasahassī pakampitthāti attho.
70 那时,世尊在“入胎”等处,没有看到任何人与自己相等,为了显示自己在入胎等方面的稀有,便说了这首偈颂:“没有与我同等的入胎者。”其中,“入胎”指入胎这件事,这里是用主格形式表达处格的意义,意思是“在结生的时候”。“我”指“被我”。“同等”指没有相似的人。“从母胎生”这里,因由她而生,母亲被称为“生”,所以“从生”就是从母亲那里,也就是从母胎出生。“出离”指从母胎出来,也就是在诞生的时候。“正觉”这里,殊胜美好的菩提称为正觉。而“菩提”这个词,可以指树、道、涅槃、一切知智等。比如在“在菩提树下初成正觉”以及“在伽耶与菩提之间”这些出处中,树被称为菩提。在“菩提称为四道中的智”这个出处中,指的是道。在“到达菩提,不死无为”这个出处中,指的是涅槃。在“具大智者到达菩提”这个出处中,指的是一切知智。但这里指的是世尊的阿罗汉道智。也有人说是“一切知智”。意思是:在那种正觉中,我是最上的。巴利
70. Atha bhagavā gabbhokkantiādīsu attanā samasamaṃ adisvā gabbhokkantiādīsu attano acchariyadassanatthaṃ ‘‘okkanti me samo natthī’’ti imaṃ gāthamāha. Tattha okkantīti gabbhokkantiyaṃ, bhummatthe paccattavacanaṃ, paṭisandhiggahaṇeti attho. Meti mayā. Samoti sadiso natthi. Jātitoti ettha jāyati etāya mātuyāti mātā ‘‘jātī’’ti vuccati, tato jātito mātuyāti attho. Abhinikkhameti mātukucchito abhinikkhamane pasave satīti attho. Sambodhiyanti ettha pasatthā sundarā bodhi sambodhi. Ayaṃ pana bodhi-saddo rukkhamagganibbānasabbaññutaññāṇādīsu dissati – ‘‘bodhirukkhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho’’ti (mahāva. 1; udā. 1) ca, ‘‘antarā ca gayaṃ antarā ca bodhi’’nti (ma. ni. 1.285; 2.341; mahāva. 11) ca āgataṭṭhāne hi rukkho bodhīti vuccati. ‘‘Bodhi vuccati catūsu maggesu ñāṇa’’nti (cūḷani. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesa 121) āgataṭṭhāne maggo. ‘‘Patvāna bodhiṃ amataṃ asaṅkhata’’nti āgataṭṭhāne nibbānaṃ. ‘‘Pappoti bodhiṃ varabhūrimedhaso’’ti (dī. ni. 3.217) āgataṭṭhāne sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Idha pana bhagavato arahattamaggañāṇaṃ adhippetaṃ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.13; pārā. aṭṭha. 1.11; udā. aṭṭha. 20; cariyā. aṭṭha. nidānakathā). Apare ‘‘sabbaññutaññāṇa’’ntipi vadanti, tassaṃ sambodhiyaṃ ahaṃ seṭṭhoti attho.
世尊为什么要依靠正觉来称赞自己呢?因为正觉能带来一切功德。世尊的正觉能带来一切功德,它毫无遗漏地给予佛陀的一切功德,而不会给其他人。对其他人来说,有的人的阿拉汉道只带来阿拉汉果,有的人带来三明,有的人带来六种神通,有的人带来四种无碍解,有的人带来声闻波罗蜜智,独觉佛的正觉只带来独觉菩提智。但佛陀的正觉能带来一切功德的圆满。所以,世尊因为正觉能带来一切功德,就称赞自己说“在正觉上我是最上的”。另外,他是震动大地之后才证得正觉的,所以说“在正觉上我是最上的”。关于“转法轮”,这里法轮有两种:证悟智和教说智。其中,由智慧所成就、能给自己带来圣果的,是证悟智;由悲悯所成就、能给声闻弟子带来圣果的,是教说智。证悟智是出世间的善法,与舍俱行,无寻无伺;教说智是世间的无记法。这两种智都是其他人所不具备的。但这里主要指的是教说智。巴利
Kasmā pana bhagavā sambodhiṃ paṭicca attānaṃ pasaṃsatīti? Sabbaguṇadāyakattā. Bhagavato hi sambodhi sabbaguṇadāyikā sabbepi niravasese buddhaguṇe dadāti, na pana aññesaṃ. Aññesaṃ pana kassaci arahattamaggo arahattaphalameva deti, kassaci tisso vijjā, kassaci cha abhiññā, kassaci catasso paṭisambhidā, kassaci sāvakapāramiñāṇaṃ, paccekabuddhānaṃ paccekabodhiñāṇameva deti. Buddhānaṃ pana sabbaguṇasampattiṃ deti. Tasmā bhagavā sabbaguṇadāyakattā ‘‘sambodhiyaṃ ahaṃ seṭṭho’’ti attānaṃ pasaṃsati. Api ca bhūmiṃ cāletvā sambodhiṃ pāpuṇi, tasmā ‘‘sambodhiyaṃ ahaṃ seṭṭho’’ti vadati. Dhammacakkappavattaneti ettha dhammacakkaṃ pana duvidhaṃ hoti – paṭivedhañāṇañca desanāñāṇañcāti. Tattha paññāpabhāvitaṃ attano ariyaphalāvahaṃ paṭivedhañāṇaṃ, karuṇāpabhāvitaṃ sāvakānaṃ ariyaphalāvahaṃ desanāñāṇaṃ. Paṭivedhañāṇaṃ lokuttaraṃ kusalaṃ upekkhāsahagataṃ avitakkaavicāraṃ, desanāñāṇaṃ lokiyaṃ abyākataṃ , ubhayampi panetaṃ aññehi asādhāraṇaṃ. Idha pana desanāñāṇaṃ adhippetaṃ (paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 2.2.44).
71 71. 现在,诸天听说世尊入胎时大地震动等情形之后,说出这首偈颂:“啊,世间真是稀有!”其中,“诸佛功德的广大”意思是:啊,诸佛的功德多么广大!啊,诸佛具有大威神力!“十千世界”指一万个轮围世界;“以六种方式震动”指大地以六种方式震动、摇动。怎样震动呢?东边升高,西边下沉;西边升高,东边下沉;北边升高,南边下沉;南边升高,北边下沉;中央升高,边缘下沉;边缘升高,中央下沉。就这样以六种方式震动。意思是:这片大地厚达四那由他加二十万由旬,以承载大地的水界为边际,虽然本身没有知觉,却像有知觉一样,仿佛因欢喜而跳舞一般地震动起来,就像船被风吹动、被波浪冲击一样。“并且出现大光明”意思是:出现了殊胜的大光明,甚至超过了诸天的天威。“稀有、令人身毛竖立”意思是:既稀有又令人身毛竖立。巴利
71. Idāni bhagavato gabbhokkamaneva pathavikampanādikaṃ pavattiṃ sutvā ‘‘aho acchariyaṃ loke’’ti devatāhi ayaṃ gāthā vuttā. Tattha buddhānaṃ guṇamahantatāti aho buddhānaṃ guṇamahantabhāvo, aho buddhānaṃ mahānubhāvoti attho dasasahassīlokadhātu, chappakāraṃ pakampathāti dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu mahāpathavī chappakāraṃ pakampittha calittha. Kathaṃ? Puratthimato unnamati pacchimato onamati, pacchimato unnamati puratthimato onamati, uttarato unnamati dakkhiṇato onamati, dakkhiṇato unnamati uttarato onamati, majjhimato unnamati pariyantato onamati, pariyantato unnamati majjhimato onamatīti evaṃ chappakāraṃ anilabalacalitajalataraṅgabhaṅgasaṅghaṭṭitā viya nāvā catunahutādhikadviyojanasatasahassabahalā pathavisandhārakajalapariyantā acetanāpi samānā sacetanā viya ayaṃ mahāpathavī pītiyā naccantī viya akampitthāti attho. Obhāsoca mahā āsīti atikkammeva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ uḷāro obhāso ahosīti attho. Accheraṃ lomahaṃsananti accherañca lomahaṃsanañca ahosīti attho.
72 72. 现在,当地震动、光明出现等稀有景象正在发生时,为了显示世尊的行迹,诵出了“世尊于彼时……”等偈颂。其中,“世间至尊”指世间最上者。“对含天神的世界”——指含天神世界的,应理解为所有格的意义(即“含天神世界的”)。“示现者”指显示神变者。巴利
72. Idāni pathavikampanālokapātubhāvādīsu acchariyesu vattamānesu bhagavato pavattidassanatthaṃ ‘‘bhagavā tamhi samaye’’tiādigāthāyo vuttā. Tattha lokajeṭṭhoti lokaseṭṭho. Sadevakanti sadevakassa lokassa, sāmiatthe upayogavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Dassayantoti pāṭihāriyaṃ dassento.
73 “正在经行”是指:在那一万世界都覆盖其上、安立着的宝经行道上,世尊正一边经行一边说法。“世界导师”是指:那时,导师像在赤石台上发出狮子吼的狮子一样吼叫,像雨云一样轰鸣,又像把天河之水倾泻下来一样,以具足八支、悦耳动听、令人欢喜的梵音,宣说了种种理趣、与四圣谛相系、被三特相所印的甘美法谈。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
73.Caṅkamantovāti dasalokadhātusahassāni ajjhottharitvā ṭhite tasmiṃ ratanamaye caṅkame caṅkamamānova kathesi. Lokanāyakoti atha satthā manosilātale sīhanādaṃ nadanto sīho viya gajjanto pāvussakamegho viya ca ākāsagaṅgaṃ otārento viya ca aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatena (dī. ni. 2.285, 301) savanīyena kamanīyena brahmassarena nānānayavicittaṃ catusaccapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ tilakkhaṇāhataṃ madhuradhammakathaṃ kathesīti attho.
“中途不折返,就像在四肘长的经行道上一样”——这里说的是:导师化现的那条宝经行道,一端在东方轮围世界的边缘,另一端在西方轮围世界的边缘,就这样安立着。导师在这条宝经行道上经行时,一定要走到两端才折返,没走到两端就不会在半途折返。就像在四肘长的经行道上经行的人,很快就走到两端然后折返;在这条极长的经行道上,他同样不会中途折返——这就是这段话的意思。那么,世尊是把长达一万由旬的经行道变短了吗?还是化现了同样巨大的身体呢?他并没有这样做。诸佛的威神力不可思议。从色究竟天一直到无间地狱,都变成了同一片平地;横向的一万个轮围世界,也都变成了同一片平地。天人能看见人,人也能看见天人。就像大家都能看见平常经行的人一样,他们也这样看见了世尊在经行。而世尊一边经行,一边说法,同时还入中间定。巴利
Antarā na nivatteti, catuhatthe caṅkame yathāti ettha satthārā pana nimmitassa tassa caṅkamassa ekā koṭi pācīnacakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiyaṃ ekā pacchimacakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiyaṃ evaṃ ṭhite tasmiṃ ratanacaṅkame caṅkamamāno satthā ubho koṭiyo patvāva nivattati, antarā ubho koṭiyo apatvā na nivattati. Yathā catuhatthappamāṇe caṅkame caṅkamamāno ubho koṭiyo sīghameva patvā nivattati, evaṃ antarā na nivattatīti attho. Kiṃ pana bhagavā dasasahassayojanappamāṇāyāmaṃ caṅkamaṃ rassamakāsi , tāvamahantaṃ vā attabhāvaṃ nimminīti? Na panevamakāsi. Acinteyyo buddhānaṃ buddhānubhāvo. Akaniṭṭhabhavanato paṭṭhāya yāva avīci, tāva ekaṅgaṇā ahosi. Tiriyato ca dasacakkavāḷasahassāni ekaṅgaṇāni ahesuṃ. Devā manusse passanti, manussāpi deve passanti. Yathā sabbe devamanussā pakatiyā caṅkamamānaṃ passanti, evaṃ bhagavantaṃ caṅkamamānaṃ passiṃsūti. Bhagavā pana caṅkamantova dhammaṃ deseti antarāsamāpattiñca samāpajjati.
这时,具寿舍利弗看见世尊正以无与伦比的佛威仪和无与伦比的佛庄严之姿在经行,身边围绕着一万天众。世尊的身体由无量时劫所积善业之力而生,庄严无比,具足三十二种殊胜大人相,又以八十种随形好辉映其间,就像秋天时节圆满的月亮,又像全然盛开的、高耸百由旬的波利质多罗树。他的身量高十八肘,身光环绕一丈,光彩照人,宛如一座行走的殊胜金山。舍利弗看见之后,心想:这整个一万世界都已集会于此,这里必定会有盛大的说法。而佛种姓的说法利益极大,能让人对世尊生起净信。不如我现在就从十力的发愿开始,向世尊请问佛种姓的事。于是他偏袒一肩,走近世尊,将双手合十——十指光洁,宛如清净无垢的莲花花苞——举到头顶,问世尊:大雄啊,您发愿的情形是怎样的?等等。因此才这样说——巴利
Atha āyasmā sāriputto aparimitasamayasamupacitakusalabalajanitadvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇopasobhitaṃ asītānubyañjanavirājitaṃ varasarīraṃ saradasamaye paripuṇṇaṃ viya rajanikaraṃ sabbaphāliphullaṃ viya ca yojanasatubbedhaṃ pāricchattakaṃ aṭṭhārasaratanubbedhaṃ byāmappabhāparikkhepasassirikaṃ varakanakagirimiva jaṅgamaṃ anopamāya buddhalīḷāya anopamena buddhasirivilāsena caṅkamantaṃ dasasahassidevagaṇaparivutaṃ bhagavantaṃ addasa. Disvāna ayaṃ pana sakalāpi dasasahassī lokadhātu sannipatitā, mahatiyā panettha dhammadesanāya bhavitabbaṃ, buddhavaṃsadesanā pana bahūpakārā bhagavati pasādāvahā, yaṃnūnāhaṃ dasabalassa abhinīhārato paṭṭhāya buddhavaṃsaṃ paripuccheyya’’nti cintetvā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā dasanakhasamujjalaṃ jalajāmalāvikala-kamala-makulasadisaṃ añjaliṃ sirasi katvā bhagavantaṃ ‘‘kīdiso te mahāvīrā’’tiādikaṃ paripucchi. Tena vuttaṃ –
舍利弗有大智慧,精通定与禅那;
凭借智慧已经达到彼岸,就向世间导师发问。巴利
‘‘Sāriputto mahāpañño, samādhijjhānakovido; Paññāya pāramippatto, pucchati lokanāyakaṃ.
大雄啊,人中最胜者,你的大誓愿是怎样的?
智者啊,您是在什么时候发愿追求那无上的菩提的?巴利
‘‘Kīdiso te mahāvīra, abhinīhāro naruttama; Kamhi kāle tayā dhīra, patthitā bodhimuttamā’’ti. –
开头。这个“连接”叫什么?叫“提问连接”。连接有三种:提问连接、意乐连接、随法连接。其中,像“这样说时,有一位比丘对世尊这样说:‘尊者,什么是此岸?什么是彼岸?’”(《相应部》4.241)这样,对于提问的人,世尊给予解答的经典,应当知道就是“提问连接”。巴利
Ādi. Kā nāmāyaṃ anusandhīti? Pucchānusandhi nāma. Tisso hi anusandhiyo – pucchānusandhi ajjhāsayānusandhi yathānusandhīti. Tattha ‘‘evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, bhante, orimaṃ tīraṃ kiṃ pārimaṃ tīra’’nti (saṃ. ni. 4.241) evaṃ pucchantānaṃ bhagavatā vissajjitasuttavasena pucchānusandhi veditabbā.
那时,有一位比丘心里生起了这样的念头:“听说色是无我,受是无我,想是无我,行是无我,识是无我,那么无我所造作的业,会由哪个我来承受呢?”当时,世尊以心感知到那位比丘心中的念头,便对比丘们说:“比丘们,确实有这种情况:这里某个无知的愚人,被无明所困,怀着被渴爱支配的心,竟以为可以越过导师的教导,心想:‘听说色是无我,受是无我,想是无我,行是无我,识是无我,那么无我所造作的业,会由哪个我来承受呢?’……比丘们,你们怎么想,色是常还是无常?”像这样,了知他人的意乐之后,由世尊所说的,就应当知道这是意乐连结。巴利
‘‘Atha kho aññatarassa bhikkhuno evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi ‘iti kira, bho, rūpaṃ anattā, vedanā anattā, saññā anattā, saṅkhārā anattā, viññāṇaṃ anattā, anattakatāni kammāni kamattānaṃ phusissantī’ti. Atha kho bhagavā tassa bhikkhuno cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya bhikkhū āmantesi – ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati, yaṃ idhekacco moghapuriso avidvā avijjāgato taṇhādhipateyyena cetasā satthusāsanaṃ atidhāvitabbaṃ maññeyya ‘iti kira, bho, rūpaṃ anattā, vedanā anattā, saññā anattā, saṅkhārā anattā, viññāṇaṃ anattā, anattakatāni kammāni kamattānaṃ phusissantī’ti…pe… taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.90) evaṃ paresaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ viditvā bhagavatā vuttavasena ajjhāsayānusandhi veditabbā.
如果最初的开示是依某个法而发起的,那么,在某些经里,后续的开示会以随顺那个法的方式,或者以遮止那个法的方式出现;依据这些经,就应当知道这是随法连结。因此说,这是“问的连结”。巴利
Yena pana dhammena ādimhi desanā uṭṭhitā, tassa dhammassa anurūpadhammavasena vā paṭikkhepavasena vā yesu suttesu uparidesanā āgacchati, tesaṃ vasena yathānusandhi veditabbā. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘pucchānusandhī’’ti.
其中,“以慧到达彼岸”是指达到了声闻波罗蜜智的顶点。“他问”就是提问。这里所说的提问共有五种:未见而问、已见而相互印证而问、为断疑而问、为求认可而问、因想说而问。那么,长老这一问属于哪一种呢?因为这部《佛种姓》不是在十万劫又无数劫中积累福德资粮的辟支佛所能了知的境界,也不是在十万劫又无数劫中积累福德资粮的两位上首弟子、以及在十万劫中积累福德资粮的其余大弟子所能了知的境界,它唯独是一切知佛陀才能了知的境界。因此应当知道,长老的提问属于“未见而问”。巴利
Tattha paññāya pāramippattoti sāvakapāramiñāṇassa matthakaṃ patto. Pucchatīti apucchi. Tattha pucchā nāma adiṭṭhajotanāpucchā, diṭṭhasaṃsandanāpucchā, vimaticchedanāpucchā, anumatipucchā, kathetukamyatāpucchāti pañcavidhā hoti. Tatthāyaṃ therassa katamā pucchāti ce? Yasmā panāyaṃ buddhavaṃso kappasatasahassādhikaasaṅkhyeyyopacitapuññasambhārānaṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ kappasatasahassādhikaasaṅkhyeyyopacitapuññasambhārānaṃ dvinnaṃ aggasāvakānañca kappasatasahassopacitapuññasambhārānaṃ sesamahāsāvakānaṃ vā avisayo, sabbaññubuddhānaṃyeva visayo, tasmā therassa adiṭṭhajotanā pucchāti veditabbā.
“是怎样的”是提问的方式,意思是“是什么样子”。“你的”就是你(指对方)的。“志求”呢,所谓志求,就是为了成佛这个目标,把心定下来,下定决心“如果得不到佛的授记,我就不从这个地方起来”,立定精进而躺卧。因此说——巴利
Kīdisoti pucchanākāro, kiṃpakāroti attho. Teti tava. Abhinīhāroti abhinīhāro nāma buddhabhāvatthaṃ mānasaṃ bandhitvā ‘‘buddhabyākaraṇaṃ aladdhā na uṭṭhahissāmī’’ti vīriyamadhiṭṭhāya nipajjanaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ –
‘‘Kīdiso te mahāvīra, abhinīhāro naruttamā’’ti.
“在什么时候?”就是在那个时候。“愿求”就是希望、渴望。这是问:以“愿我成佛而令觉悟,愿我解脱而令解脱”这样的方式,为了成就佛果而发愿,是在什么时候做的?“菩提”指正自觉,这是阿拉汉道智和一切知智的别名。“无上”,因为胜过声闻菩提和辟支菩提,所以叫无上。两者中间插入的“m”是连音字。巴利
Kamhi kāleti tasmiṃ kāle. Patthitāti icchitā abhikaṅkhitā, ‘‘buddho bodheyyaṃ mutto moceyya’’ntiādinā nayena buddhabhāvāya paṇidhānaṃ kadā katanti apucchi. Bodhīti sammāsambodhi, arahattamaggañāṇassa ca sabbaññutaññāṇassa cetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Uttamāti sāvakabodhipaccekabodhīhi seṭṭhattā uttamāti vuttā. Ubhinnamantarā ma-kāro padasandhikaro.
现在,为了向能成就佛果者询问诸法——巴利
Idāni buddhabhāvakārake dhamme pucchanto –
布施、戒与出离,智慧和精进又是怎样的?
忍辱、真实与决意,还有慈和舍,又是怎样的呢?巴利
‘‘Dānaṃ sīlañca nekkhammaṃ, paññāvīriyañca kīdisaṃ; Khantisaccamadhiṭṭhānaṃ, mettupekkhā ca kīdisā.
智者啊,世间导师啊,您的十波罗蜜是怎样的?
近波罗蜜怎样圆满?究竟义波罗蜜又是怎样?——他问道。巴利
‘‘Dasa pāramī tayā dhīra, kīdisī lokanāyaka; Kathaṃ upapāramī puṇṇā, paramatthapāramī katha’’nti. – āha;
在这里,先拿布施波罗蜜来说:把外在的财物舍出去,就叫波罗蜜;把身体的某部分舍出去,就叫近波罗蜜;把性命舍出去,就叫究竟义波罗蜜。这个道理也适用于其余各种波罗蜜。这样一来,十种波罗蜜、十种近波罗蜜、十种究竟义波罗蜜,合起来就是三十种波罗蜜。其中,菩萨已圆满布施波罗蜜的受生次数,根本数不清。不过,他一定会在《兔子贤者本生》中——巴利
Tattha dānapāramiyaṃ tāva bāhirabhaṇḍapariccāgo pāramī nāma, aṅgapariccāgo upapāramī nāma, jīvitapariccāgo paramatthapāramī nāmāti. Esa nayo sesapāramīsupi. Evaṃ dasa pāramiyo dasa upapāramiyo dasa paramatthapāramiyoti samattiṃsa pāramiyo honti. Tattha bodhisattassa dānapāramitāya pūritattabhāvānaṃ parimāṇaṃ nāma natthi. Ekantena panassa sasapaṇḍitajātake –
看到有人前来乞食,我就舍弃了自己。
在布施方面,没有谁和我相等,这就是我的布施波罗蜜。巴利
‘‘Bhikkhāya upagataṃ disvā, sakattānaṃ pariccajiṃ; Dānena me samo natthi, esā me dānapāramī’’ti. (cariyā. 1.143 tassuddānaṃ) –
就这样,为了别人而舍弃生命的人,他的布施波罗蜜就成了真正意义上的究竟波罗蜜。巴利
Evaṃ paraṃ jīvitapariccāgaṃ karontassa dānapāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
同样地,那些已圆满戒波罗蜜者,根本没有限量。不过,必定是在他的《螺王本生》中——巴利
Tathā sīlapāramitāya pūritattabhāvānaṃ parimāṇaṃ nāma natthi. Ekanteneva panassa saṅkhapālajātake –
即使被尖桩刺穿,被矛枪捶击,
对婆阇子们我不生气,这就是我的戒波罗蜜。巴利
‘‘Sūlehi vinivijjhante, koṭṭayantepi sattibhi; Bhojaputte na kuppāmi, esā me sīlapāramī’’ti. (cariyā. 2.91) –
像这样作自我舍弃的人,他的戒波罗蜜就叫做究竟义波罗蜜。巴利
Evaṃ attapariccāgaṃ karontassa sīlapāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
同样,为了圆满出离波罗蜜而舍弃大王国的人,他们受生的次数根本没有限量。不过,在他的《小须陀素摩本生》中——巴利
Tathā mahārajjaṃ pahāya nekkhammapāramiyā pūritattabhāvānaṃ parimāṇaṃ nāma natthi. Ekantena panassa cūḷasutasomajātake –
我把到手的大王国像吐掉一口唾沫那样扔掉了;
舍弃的时候没有执著,这就是我的出离波罗蜜。巴利
‘‘Mahārajjaṃ hatthagataṃ, kheḷapiṇḍaṃva chaḍḍayiṃ; Cajato na hoti lagganaṃ, esā me nekkhammapāramī’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā) –
就这样,当他以无所执著的心舍弃王位、出家离去时,他的出离波罗蜜就成了究竟义波罗蜜。巴利
Evaṃ nissaṅgatāya rajjaṃ chaḍḍetvā nikkhamantassa nekkhammapāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
同样地,在大药智者等时期,为圆满慧波罗蜜而受生的次数,根本没有限量。但可以肯定的是,在他作为敌供食智者的时期——巴利
Tathā mahosadhapaṇḍitakālādīsu paññāpāramiyā pūritattabhāvānaṃ parimāṇaṃ nāma natthi. Ekantena panassa sattubhattakapaṇḍitakāle –
我用智慧去观察,让那位婆罗门脱离了苦。
在智慧方面无人与我相等,这就是我的慧波罗蜜。巴利
‘‘Paññāya vicinantohaṃ, brāhmaṇaṃ mocayiṃ dukhā; Paññāya me samo natthi, esā me paññāpāramī’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā) –
当有人把藏在袋子里的蛇指给人看时,他的慧波罗蜜就成了究竟义波罗蜜。巴利
Antobhastagataṃ sappaṃ dassentassa paññāpāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
同样,对于圆满精进波罗蜜的众生来说,其数量根本不存在。然而,对他来说,在《大阇那迦本生》中必定——巴利
Tathā vīriyapāramitāya pūritattabhāvānaṃ parimāṇaṃ nāma natthi. Ekantena panassa mahājanakajātake –
能看见对岸者在大水之中,所有人都被杀死了。
我的心没有变易,这就是我的精进波罗蜜。巴利
‘‘Atīradassī jalamajjhe, hatā sabbeva mānusā; Cittassa aññathā natthi, esā me vīriyapāramī’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā) –
就这样,在横渡大海时,他的精进波罗蜜就成了被称为究竟义波罗蜜的东西。巴利
Evaṃ mahāsamuddaṃ tarantassa vīriyapāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
同样,在《忍辱仙人本生经》中——巴利
Tathā khantivādijātake –
就像用锋利的斧头砍一个没有知觉的东西一样砍我,
我对迦尸国王不生嗔怒,这就是我的忍耐波罗蜜。巴利
‘‘Acetanaṃva koṭṭente, tiṇhena pharasunā mamaṃ; Kāsirāje na kuppāmi, esā me khantipāramī’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā) –
就这样,像在失去知觉的状态中一样忍受巨大痛苦的人,他的忍耐波罗蜜便被称为胜义波罗蜜。巴利
Evaṃ acetanabhāvena viya mahādukkhaṃ adhivāsentassa khantipāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
同样地,在《大须陀素摩本生经》中——巴利
Tathā mahāsutasomajātake –
守护真实语,舍弃我的性命;
我解救了一百位刹帝利,这就是我的谛波罗蜜。巴利
‘‘Saccavācaṃnurakkhanto, cajitvā mama jīvitaṃ; Mocesiṃ ekasataṃ khattiye, esā me saccapāramī’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā) –
这样舍弃生命、护持真理的人,他的谛波罗蜜就叫作究竟波罗蜜。巴利
Evaṃ jīvitaṃ cajitvā saccaṃ anurakkhantassa saccapāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
同样,在《哑跛本生》中——巴利
Tathā mūgapakkhajātake –
母亲和父亲都不被我看见,我自己也不被我自己看见。
一切知智是我所珍爱的,所以我立下了这个誓愿。巴利
‘‘Mātā pitā na me dessā, attā me na ca dessiyo; Sabbaññutaṃ piyaṃ mayhaṃ, tasmā vataṃ adhiṭṭhahi’’nti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; cariyā 3.65) –
就这样,连性命都舍弃、坚持誓愿的人,他的决意波罗蜜就成了究竟义波罗蜜。巴利
Evaṃ jīvitampi pariccajitvā vataṃ adhiṭṭhahantassa adhiṭṭhānapāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
同样,在《金萨玛本生》中——巴利
Tathā suvaṇṇasāmajātake –
没有人使我害怕,我也不怕任何人;
依靠慈心的力量支撑,那时我在林中快乐地安住。巴利
‘‘Na maṃ koci uttasati, napi bhāyāmi kassaci; Mettābalenupatthaddho, ramāmi pavane tadā’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; cariyā. 3.113) –
就这样,连自己的性命都不顾惜,而修习慈心的人,他的慈波罗蜜就成了究竟波罗蜜。巴利
Evaṃ jīvitampi anoloketvā mettāyantassa mettāpāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
接下来,在《身毛竖立本生》中——巴利
Tato lomahaṃsajātake –
我在坟场里铺了个睡觉的地方,把头骨枕在头下;
村童们走上前来,他们展示出各种色相。巴利
‘‘Susāne seyyaṃ kappemi, chavaṭṭhikaṃ upanidhāyahaṃ; Gāmaṇḍalā upagantvā, rūpaṃ dassentinappaka’’nti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; cariyā. 3.119) –
当村童们用吐口水等方式让他难受,又用花环、香料、供养等方式让他快乐时,他在苦乐之中始终没有超越舍心,这就叫舍波罗蜜达到了究竟波罗蜜。这里是简略说明,详细内容应当从《行藏》中获取。巴利
Evaṃ gāmadārakesu niṭṭhubhanādīhi ceva mālāgandhūpahārādīhi ca sukhadukkhaṃ uppādentesupi upekkhaṃ anativattantassa upekkhāpāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana cariyāpiṭakato gahetabbo.
现在,结集者们为了展示世尊对那位长老所问的回答,而这样说:巴利
Idāni therena puṭṭhassa bhagavato byākaraṇaṃ dassentehi saṅgītikārakehi –
他回答所问,声音像迦陵频伽鸟一样甜美。
让内心得到清凉,也让与诸天同在的世间生起欢喜。巴利
‘‘Tassa puṭṭho viyākāsi, karavīkamadhuragiro; Nibbāpayanto hadayaṃ, hāsayanto sadevakaṃ.
过去诸佛、诸胜利者所宣说的,被反复诵习、经由佛陀传承下来的,
他以能忆念过去世的智慧,开示了包括诸天在内的世间之利益。巴利
‘‘Atītabuddhānaṃ jinānaṃ desitaṃ, nikīlitaṃ buddhaparamparāgataṃ; Pubbenivāsānugatāya buddhiyā, pakāsayī lokahitaṃ sadevake’’ti. – vuttaṃ;
在这里,他被问到后就作了回答:意思是,世尊被那位法将(舍利弗长老)询问之后,就为他解说,从自己最初发愿开始,一直到成就正等觉,讲述了整个佛种姓的历程。妙声如迦陵频伽:是说他的声音像迦陵频伽鸟那样甜美,也就是拥有迦陵频伽般悦耳动听的声音。关于迦陵频伽鸟声音的甜美,有这样的说法:据说迦陵频伽鸟用嘴尖啄破熟透的甜芒果,喝下流出的果汁,然后拍动翅膀鸣叫起来。这时,四足众生听到它的声音,就像醉了一样开始嬉戏;那些专心觅食的四足兽群,也把已经送入口中的草吐掉,来听那鸣叫声;猛兽追逐小兽时,抬起脚却不放下,像被定住一样站着;被追逐的野兽也舍弃对死亡的恐惧而站着;在空中飞翔的鸟类也展开翅膀停住;水中的鱼也不动鳃膜,听着那声音而停住。迦陵频伽鸟的声音就是这样甜美。息灭心:意思是,以说法之蜜流,使被烦恼之火灼烧的一切众生的心变得清凉。令欢喜:就是令满足。含天神的:含摄天神的世间。巴利
Tattha tassa puṭṭho viyākāsīti tena dhammasenāpatinā puṭṭho hutvā tassa byākāsi, attano abhinīhārato paṭṭhāya abhisambodhipariyosānaṃ sabbaṃ buddhavaṃsaṃ kathesīti attho. Karavīkamadhuragiroti karavīkasakuṇassa viya madhurā girā yassa so karavīkamadhuragiro, karavīkamadhuramañjussaroti attho. Tatridaṃ karavīkānaṃ madhurassaratā – karavīkasakuṇā kira madhurarasaṃ ambapakkaṃ mukhatuṇḍakena paharitvā paggharitaṃ phalarasaṃ pivitvā pakkhena tāḷaṃ datvā vikūjamāne catuppadā madamattā viya laḷituṃ ārabhanti, gocarapasutāpi catuppadagaṇā mukhagatānipi tiṇāni chaḍḍetvā taṃ nādaṃ suṇanti, vāḷamigā khuddakamige anubandhamānā ukkhittaṃ pādaṃ anikkhipitvā cittakatā viya tiṭṭhanti, anubandhamigāpi maraṇabhayaṃ hitvā tiṭṭhanti, ākāse pakkhandantā pakkhinopi pakkhe pasāretvā tiṭṭhanti, udake macchāpi kaṇṇapaṭalaṃ acālentā taṃ saddaṃ suṇamānā tiṭṭhanti. Evaṃ madhurassarā karavīkā (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.38; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 2.386). Nibbāpayanto hadayanti kilesaggisantattasabbajanamānasaṃ dhammakathāmatadhārāya sītibhāvaṃ janayantoti attho. Hāsayantoti tosayanto. Sadevakanti sadevakaṃ lokaṃ.
“过去诸佛”指的是过去诸佛。在我们世尊最初发愿之前,有四位佛陀在同一劫中出世,就是渴爱作佛、慧作佛、皈依作佛和燃灯佛。在他们之后,又有憍陈如等二十三位佛陀。所以,以燃灯佛为首的二十四位佛陀,在这里就称为“过去诸佛”,即那些过去诸佛。“胜者”是他们的同义词。“所说”就是所讲说的,即二十四位佛陀与四圣谛相关的法谈。“所行”是指他们的行迹,即劫、种姓、家族、寿命、菩提、声闻集会、侍者、父母、子女、妻子、界限等类。 “传承诸佛而来的”是指从燃灯佛十力者开始,直到迦叶佛传承而来的所说或所行。“以随宿住之智”是指以如此区分的“一生、二生”等,即所谓过去曾住的诸蕴相续的宿住,已随往、已到达,以那随宿住之智,也就是以宿住随念智。“宣说”即开示。“利益世间”即利益一切世间的佛种姓。“Sadevake”指连同天人的世间。巴利
Atītabuddhānanti atītānaṃ buddhānaṃ. Amhākaṃ bhagavato abhinīhārassa purato pana taṇhaṅkaro medhaṅkaro saraṇaṅkaro dīpaṅkaroti cattāro buddhā ekasmiṃ kappe nibbattiṃsu. Tesaṃ aparabhāge koṇḍaññādayo tevīsati buddhāti sabbe dīpaṅkarādayo catuvīsati buddhā idha ‘‘atītabuddhā’’ti adhippetā, tesaṃ atītabuddhānaṃ. Jinānanti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Desitanti kathitaṃ. Catuvīsatiyā buddhānaṃ catusaccapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhammakathaṃ. Nikīlitanti tesaṃ caritaṃ kappajātigottāyubodhisāvakasannipātaupaṭṭhākamātāpituputtabhariyāparicchedādikaṃ nikīlitaṃ nāma. Buddhaparamparāgatanti dīpaṅkaradasabalato paṭṭhāya yāva kassapaparamparato āgataṃ desitaṃ nikīlitaṃ vāti attho. Pubbenivāsānugatāya buddhiyāti ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyoti (ma. ni. 1.148, 384, 421; 2.233; 3.82; pārā. 12) evaṃ vibhattaṃ pubbe nivuṭṭhakkhandhasantānasaṅkhātaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anugatā upagatā tāya pubbenivāsānugatāya buddhiyā, pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇenāti attho. Pakāsayīti byākāsi. Lokahitanti sabbalokahitaṃ buddhavaṃsaṃ. Sadevaketi sadevake loketi attho.
80 这时,世尊以悲心清凉之心,引导包括天众在内的世间众生侧耳倾听,说出了“生起喜与欢悦”等话。其中,“生起喜与欢悦”是指能带来喜与欢悦,欢悦是喜生起之前的前分阶段,意思是让五种颜色的喜生起。“除遣忧箭”是指摧毁、灭除被称为忧的箭。“获得一切成就”是指通过这部佛种姓的开示,获得天界与人间等一切成就,所以叫获得一切成就,意思是这部带来一切成就的佛种姓开示。“存心恭敬”是指放在心中,也就是以佛随念为先。“请听”是指请仔细聆听、好好领会。“我的”是指我所说的。巴利
80. Atha bhagavā karuṇāsītalena hadayena sadevakaṃ lokaṃ savane niyojento ‘‘pītipāmojjajanana’’ntiādimāha. Tattha pītipāmojjajanananti pītipāmojjakaraṃ pītiyā pubbabhāgaṃ pāmojjaṃ, pañcavaṇṇāya pītiyā janananti attho. Sokasallavinodananti sokasaṅkhātānaṃ sallānaṃ vinodanaṃ viddhaṃsanaṃ. Sabbasampattipaṭilābhanti sabbāpi devamanussasampattiādayo sampattiyo paṭilabhanti etenāti sabbasampattipaṭilābho, taṃ sabbasampattipaṭilābhaṃ buddhavaṃsadesananti attho. Cittīkatvāti citte katvā, buddhānussatiṃ purakkhatvāti attho. Suṇāthāti nisāmetha nibodhatha. Meti mama.
81 破坏骄慢:摧毁出身骄慢等一切骄慢。除忧:所谓忧,是指因亲属遭遇灾祸等而受到触动时,内心生起的热恼。虽然从实质上说它就是忧受,但即便如此,它的特相是内心烧灼,作用是令心全然焚烧,现起是反复忧愁。能除去这种忧,所以叫除忧,即能除去忧。从轮回解脱:能使人从轮回的束缚中解脱出来。也有读作超越轮回的,意思是能使人超越轮回。巴利
81.Madanimmadananti jātimadādīnaṃ sabbamadānaṃ nimmadanakaraṃ. Sokanudanti soko nāma ñātibyasanādīhi phuṭṭhassa cittasantāpo. Kiñcāpi atthato domanassameva hoti, evaṃ santepi antonijjhānalakkhaṇo, cetaso parinijjhāyanaraso, anusocanapaccupaṭṭhāno, taṃ sokaṃ nudatīti sokanudo, taṃ sokanudaṃ. Saṃsāraparimocananti saṃsārabandhanato parimocanakaraṃ. ‘‘Saṃsārasamatikkama’’ntipi pāṭho, tassa saṃsārasamatikkamakaranti attho.
“灭尽一切苦”这句话里,“苦”这个字出现在苦受、苦事、苦所缘、苦缘、苦处等意思中。比如在“断除苦”等地方,它指的是苦受;在“生是苦,老是苦”等地方,它指的是苦事;在“摩诃梨,因为色是苦,随苦而行,陷入苦中”等地方,它指的是苦所缘;在“恶的积聚是苦”等地方,它指的是苦缘;在“比丘们,地狱有多苦,用言语难以说尽”等地方,它指的是苦处。但在这里,应当把它理解为苦事和苦缘。所以意思是:能灭尽生等一切苦。
“道”在这里,是善求者所寻求的,或者说是摧破烦恼而前行的,所以称为道。这是指佛种姓的教说,也就是作为通往涅槃之道的佛种姓教说。
“恭敬”就是心存恭敬、重视,也就是侧耳倾听的意思。
“应实践”就是应当依教奉行,应当听闻的意思。
或者也可以这样理解:听闻了这部能生起喜与欢悦、能除遣忧箭、能成为获得一切成就之因的佛种姓教说之后,现在为了成就那能带来破坏骄慢等殊胜功德、灭尽一切苦的成佛之道,应当去实践!这样,就是在策励一切天、人发起成就佛道之心。
其余部分在这里已经很清楚了。巴利
Sabbadukkhakkhayanti ettha dukkha-saddo dukkhavedanā-dukkhavatthu-dukkhārammaṇa-dukkhapaccaya-dukkhaṭṭhānādīsu dissati. Ayañhi ‘‘dukkhassa ca pahānā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.232; ma. ni. 1.383, 430; pārā. 11) dukkhavedanāyaṃ dissati. ‘‘Jātipi dukkhā jarāpi dukkhā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.387; saṃ. ni. 5.1081) dukkhavatthusmiṃ. ‘‘Yasmā ca kho, mahāli, rūpaṃ dukkhaṃ dukkhānupatitaṃ dukkhāvakkanta’’ntiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 3.60) dukkhārammaṇe. ‘‘Dukkho pāpassa uccayo’’tiādīsu (dha. pa. 117) dukkhapaccaye. ‘‘Yāvañcidaṃ, bhikkhave, na sukarā akkhānena pāpuṇitaṃ yāva dukkhā nirayā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.250) dukkhaṭṭhāne. Idha panāyaṃ dukkhavatthusmiṃ dukkhapaccayepi ca daṭṭhabbo. Tasmā jātiādisabbadukkhakkhayakaranti attho (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 2 ādayo). Magganti ettha kusalatthikehi maggīyati, kilese vā mārento gacchatīti maggoti buddhavaṃsadesanā vuccati, taṃ nibbānassa maggabhūtaṃ buddhavaṃsadesanaṃ. Sakkaccanti sakkaccaṃ cittīkatvā, ohitasotā hutvāti attho. Paṭipajjathāti adhitiṭṭhatha, suṇāthāti attho. Atha vā pītipāmojjajananaṃ sokasallavinodanaṃ sabbasampattipaṭilābhahetubhūtaṃ imaṃ buddhavaṃsadesanaṃ sutvā idāni madanimmadanādiguṇavisesāvahaṃ sabbadukkhakkhayaṃ buddhabhāvamaggaṃ paṭipajjathāti sabbesaṃ devamanussānaṃ buddhattaṃ paṇidhāya ussāhaṃ janeti. Sesamettha uttānamevāti.